Cmd-click to only maximize vertically when MMZoomBoth is set
[MacVim.git] / src / screen.c
blob8f8604508aa40fe0e40f49fe8a4a43a58574969c
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen
13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized
14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts
15 * that changed.
17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently
18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands).
19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes.
20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[]
21 * for each line.
22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line.
24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form
25 * one character which occupies two display cells.
26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in
27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0. When the
29 * character occupies two display cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0.
30 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters
31 * (drawn on top of the first character). They are 0 when not used.
32 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the
33 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character).
35 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating
36 * ScreenLines[].
38 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines.
39 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be
40 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed.
42 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with:
43 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window)
44 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line)
45 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window),
46 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line)
48 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take
49 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is
50 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed.
52 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call
53 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and
54 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen()
55 * later.
57 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or
58 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating
59 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each
60 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change
61 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for
62 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting.
64 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or
65 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold
66 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window
67 * redisplayed by update_screen() later.
69 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop')
70 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the
71 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later.
73 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call
74 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling
75 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not
76 * change, use NOT_VALID then.
78 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID).
79 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible.
81 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call
82 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR).
84 * Things that are handled indirectly:
85 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and
86 * update_screen() called to redraw.
89 #include "vim.h"
92 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen.
94 static int screen_attr = 0;
97 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position.
98 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char().
100 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */
102 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
103 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */
104 #endif
106 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
107 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */
108 #endif
111 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes).
113 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine;
115 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp));
116 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl));
117 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
118 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row));
119 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum));
120 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr));
121 #endif
122 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange));
123 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols));
124 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
125 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag));
126 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl))
127 #else
128 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width));
129 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c))
130 #endif
131 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
132 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row));
133 #endif
134 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
135 static void redraw_custum_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp));
136 #endif
137 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
138 #define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0
139 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void));
140 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void));
141 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum));
142 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol));
143 #endif
144 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr));
145 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
147 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
148 #endif
149 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void));
150 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
151 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
152 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
153 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp));
154 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp));
155 #endif
156 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del));
157 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp));
158 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void));
159 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
160 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void));
161 #endif
162 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
163 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin));
164 #endif
165 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
166 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr));
167 #endif
168 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
169 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler));
170 #endif
171 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
172 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always));
173 #endif
175 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
176 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */
177 static int screen_char_attr = 0;
178 #endif
181 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type).
182 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value.
183 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing.
185 void
186 redraw_later(type)
187 int type;
189 redraw_win_later(curwin, type);
192 void
193 redraw_win_later(wp, type)
194 win_T *wp;
195 int type;
197 if (wp->w_redr_type < type)
199 wp->w_redr_type = type;
200 if (type >= NOT_VALID)
201 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
202 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */
203 must_redraw = type;
208 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used
209 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen.
211 void
212 redraw_later_clear()
214 redraw_all_later(CLEAR);
215 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
216 if (gui.in_use)
217 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in
218 * gui_stop_highlight(). */
219 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1;
220 else
221 #endif
222 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */
223 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE;
227 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later.
229 void
230 redraw_all_later(type)
231 int type;
233 win_T *wp;
235 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
237 redraw_win_later(wp, type);
242 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later.
244 void
245 redraw_curbuf_later(type)
246 int type;
248 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type);
251 void
252 redraw_buf_later(buf, type)
253 buf_T *buf;
254 int type;
256 win_T *wp;
258 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
260 if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
261 redraw_win_later(wp, type);
266 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that
267 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn.
268 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line.
269 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command.
270 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot
271 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn.
273 /*ARGSUSED*/
274 void
275 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid)
276 linenr_T lnum;
277 int invalid; /* window line height is invalid now */
279 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
280 int i;
281 #endif
283 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum)
284 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum;
285 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
286 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
287 redraw_later(VALID);
289 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
290 if (invalid)
292 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */
293 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum);
294 if (i >= 0)
295 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
297 #endif
301 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer
303 void
304 update_curbuf(type)
305 int type;
307 redraw_curbuf_later(type);
308 update_screen(type);
312 * update_screen()
314 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull
315 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline.
317 void
318 update_screen(type)
319 int type;
321 win_T *wp;
322 static int did_intro = FALSE;
323 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
324 int did_one;
325 #endif
327 if (!screen_valid(TRUE))
328 return;
330 if (must_redraw)
332 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */
333 type = must_redraw;
335 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird
336 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous
337 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a
338 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */
339 must_redraw = 0;
342 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */
343 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID)
344 type = NOT_VALID;
346 if (!redrawing())
348 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */
349 must_redraw = type;
350 if (type > INVERTED_ALL)
351 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */
352 return;
355 updating_screen = TRUE;
356 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
357 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of
358 * display updating */
359 #endif
362 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down
364 if (msg_scrolled)
366 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
367 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */
368 type = CLEAR;
369 else if (type != CLEAR)
371 check_for_delay(FALSE);
372 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
373 type = CLEAR;
374 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
376 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled)
378 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled
379 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP
380 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0
381 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
383 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp);
384 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP;
386 else
388 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
389 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
390 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp)
391 <= msg_scrolled)
392 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
393 #endif
397 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
398 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
399 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
400 #endif
402 msg_scrolled = 0;
403 need_wait_return = FALSE;
406 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */
407 compute_cmdrow();
409 /* Check for changed highlighting */
410 if (need_highlight_changed)
411 highlight_changed();
413 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */
415 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */
416 type = NOT_VALID;
419 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */
420 check_for_delay(FALSE);
422 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
423 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
424 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID
425 && curwin->w_nrwidth != (curwin->w_p_nu ? number_width(curwin) : 0))
426 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
427 #endif
430 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do.
432 if (type == INVERTED)
433 update_curswant();
434 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type
435 && !((type == VALID
436 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid
437 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
438 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill
439 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill
440 #endif
441 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
442 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
443 || (type == INVERTED
444 && VIsual_active
445 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
446 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode
447 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL)
448 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant)
449 #endif
451 curwin->w_redr_type = type;
453 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
454 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */
455 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID)
456 draw_tabline();
457 #endif
459 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
461 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed
462 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once.
464 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
466 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set)
468 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
469 win_T *wwp;
471 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */
472 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next)
473 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer)
474 break;
475 # endif
476 if (
477 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
478 wwp == wp &&
479 # endif
480 syntax_present(wp->w_buffer))
481 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer);
484 #endif
487 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need
488 * it.
490 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
491 did_one = FALSE;
492 #endif
493 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
494 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
495 #endif
496 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
498 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
500 cursor_off();
501 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
502 if (!did_one)
504 did_one = TRUE;
505 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
506 start_search_hl();
507 # endif
508 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
509 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
510 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
511 clip_update_selection();
512 # endif
513 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
514 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because
515 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under
516 * it. */
517 if (gui.in_use)
518 gui_undraw_cursor();
519 #endif
521 #endif
522 win_update(wp);
525 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
526 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */
527 if (wp->w_redr_status)
529 cursor_off();
530 win_redr_status(wp);
532 #endif
534 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
535 end_search_hl();
536 #endif
538 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
539 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster
540 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */
541 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
542 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE;
543 #else
544 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
545 #endif
547 updating_screen = FALSE;
548 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
549 gui_may_resize_shell();
550 #endif
552 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may
553 * mess up the command line. */
554 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
555 showmode();
557 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */
558 if (!did_intro && bufempty()
559 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL
560 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
561 && firstwin->w_next == NULL
562 #endif
563 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL)
564 intro_message(FALSE);
565 did_intro = TRUE;
567 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
568 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
569 * done. */
570 if (gui.in_use)
572 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */
573 if (did_one)
574 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
575 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
577 #endif
580 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI)
581 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void));
582 static void update_finish __ARGS((void));
585 * Prepare for updating one or more windows.
587 static void
588 update_prepare()
590 cursor_off();
591 updating_screen = TRUE;
592 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
593 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may
594 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */
595 if (gui.in_use)
596 gui_undraw_cursor();
597 #endif
598 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
599 start_search_hl();
600 #endif
604 * Finish updating one or more windows.
606 static void
607 update_finish()
609 if (redraw_cmdline)
610 showmode();
612 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
613 end_search_hl();
614 # endif
616 updating_screen = FALSE;
618 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
619 gui_may_resize_shell();
621 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
622 * done. */
623 if (gui.in_use)
625 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */
626 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
627 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
629 # endif
631 #endif
633 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
634 void
635 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum)
636 buf_T *buf;
637 linenr_T lnum;
639 win_T *wp;
640 int doit = FALSE;
642 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
643 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
644 # endif
646 /* update/delete a specific mark */
647 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
649 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0)
651 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline
652 && lnum < wp->w_botline)
654 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum)
655 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum;
656 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
657 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
658 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
661 else
662 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
663 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
664 doit = TRUE;
667 if (!doit)
668 return;
670 /* update all windows that need updating */
671 update_prepare();
673 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
674 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
676 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
677 win_update(wp);
678 if (wp->w_redr_status)
679 win_redr_status(wp);
681 # else
682 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0)
683 win_update(curwin);
684 # endif
686 update_finish();
688 #endif
691 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
693 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg.
694 * Used for the GUI scrollbar.
696 void
697 updateWindow(wp)
698 win_T *wp;
700 update_prepare();
702 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
703 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
704 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
705 clip_update_selection();
706 #endif
708 win_update(wp);
710 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
711 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */
712 if (redraw_tabline)
713 draw_tabline();
715 if (wp->w_redr_status
716 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
717 || p_ru
718 # endif
719 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
720 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL
721 # endif
723 win_redr_status(wp);
724 #endif
726 update_finish();
728 #endif
731 * Update a single window.
733 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the
734 * screen or scrolling lines).
736 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also
737 * implies the one below it.
738 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window
739 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible
740 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID
741 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area
742 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area
743 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline
744 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down
745 * 3. redraw changed text:
746 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between
747 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot.
748 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between
749 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot.
750 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid.
751 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom.
752 * This results in three areas that may need updating:
753 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down)
754 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text)
755 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up)
757 static void
758 win_update(wp)
759 win_T *wp;
761 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer;
762 int type;
763 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs
764 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */
765 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs
766 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */
767 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs
768 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */
769 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs
770 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */
771 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
772 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when
773 w_topline got smaller a bit */
774 #endif
775 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
776 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
777 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */
778 #endif
780 int row; /* current window row to display */
781 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */
782 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */
783 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */
785 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */
786 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */
787 int i;
788 long j;
789 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */
790 int old_botline = wp->w_botline;
791 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
792 long fold_count;
793 #endif
794 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
795 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if
796 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */
797 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */
798 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */
799 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */
800 int did_update = DID_NONE;
801 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */
802 #endif
803 linenr_T mod_top = 0;
804 linenr_T mod_bot = 0;
805 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
806 int save_got_int;
807 #endif
809 type = wp->w_redr_type;
811 if (type == NOT_VALID)
813 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
814 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
815 #endif
816 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
819 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */
820 if (wp->w_height == 0)
822 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
823 return;
826 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
827 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */
828 if (wp->w_width == 0)
830 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
831 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0);
832 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
833 return;
835 #endif
837 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
838 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous
839 * match */
840 cur = wp->w_match_head;
841 while (cur != NULL)
843 cur->hl.rm = cur->match;
844 if (cur->hlg_id == 0)
845 cur->hl.attr = 0;
846 else
847 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id);
848 cur->hl.buf = buf;
849 cur->hl.lnum = 0;
850 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0;
851 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
852 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */
853 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm));
854 # endif
855 cur = cur->next;
857 search_hl.buf = buf;
858 search_hl.lnum = 0;
859 search_hl.first_lnum = 0;
860 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */
861 #endif
863 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
864 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
865 i = wp->w_p_nu ? number_width(wp) : 0;
866 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i)
868 type = NOT_VALID;
869 wp->w_nrwidth = i;
871 else
872 #endif
874 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0)
877 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be
878 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw
879 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while).
881 type = NOT_VALID;
883 else
886 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of
887 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes.
889 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top;
890 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0)
891 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1;
892 else
893 mod_bot = 0;
894 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */
895 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0;
896 if (buf->b_mod_set)
898 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top)
900 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top;
901 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
902 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included
903 * in a pattern match. */
904 if (syntax_present(buf))
906 mod_top -= buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks;
907 if (mod_top < 1)
908 mod_top = 1;
910 #endif
912 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot)
913 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot;
915 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
916 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a
917 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a
918 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible
919 * lines above the change.
920 * Same for a match pattern.
922 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL
923 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog))
924 top_to_mod = TRUE;
925 else
927 cur = wp->w_match_head;
928 while (cur != NULL)
930 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL
931 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog))
933 top_to_mod = TRUE;
934 break;
936 cur = cur->next;
939 #endif
941 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
942 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp))
944 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb;
947 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or
948 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected.
949 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first
950 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first
951 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two.
954 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to
955 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline.
956 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb
957 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */
958 lnumt = wp->w_topline;
959 lnumb = MAXLNUM;
960 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
961 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
963 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top)
964 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1;
965 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot)
967 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum;
968 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating
969 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */
970 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
971 ++lnumb;
975 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL);
976 if (mod_top > lnumt)
977 mod_top = lnumt;
979 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */
980 --mod_bot;
981 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL);
982 ++mod_bot;
983 if (mod_bot < lnumb)
984 mod_bot = lnumb;
986 #endif
988 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below
989 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline.
990 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was
991 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */
992 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline)
994 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline)
995 mod_top = wp->w_topline;
996 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
997 else if (syntax_present(buf))
998 top_end = 1;
999 #endif
1002 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below
1003 * inserted/deleted lines. */
1004 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu)
1005 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1009 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when
1010 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled.
1012 if (type == REDRAW_TOP)
1014 j = 0;
1015 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1017 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1018 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows)
1020 top_end = j;
1021 break;
1024 if (top_end == 0)
1025 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */
1026 type = NOT_VALID;
1027 else
1028 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */
1029 type = VALID;
1032 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will
1033 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still
1034 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not
1035 * called. */
1036 if (screen_cleared)
1037 screen_cleared = MAYBE;
1040 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw,
1041 * handle three cases:
1042 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down
1043 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up
1044 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in
1045 * w_lines[] that needs updating.
1047 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID
1048 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL)
1049 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1050 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill
1051 #endif
1054 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top)
1057 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done
1058 * further down.
1061 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid
1062 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1063 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1064 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1065 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill)
1066 #endif
1070 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down.
1072 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1073 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
1075 linenr_T ln;
1077 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence
1078 * of folded lines as one */
1079 j = 0;
1080 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln)
1082 ++j;
1083 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2)
1084 break;
1085 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL);
1088 else
1089 #endif
1090 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline;
1091 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */
1093 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1);
1094 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1095 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */
1096 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline)
1097 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
1098 - wp->w_old_topfill;
1099 #endif
1100 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */
1103 * Try to insert the correct number of lines.
1104 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom.
1105 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it.
1107 if (i > 0)
1108 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1109 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1111 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1113 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the
1114 * first one that scrolled down. */
1115 top_end = i;
1116 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1117 scrolled_down = TRUE;
1118 #endif
1120 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable
1121 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */
1122 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height)
1123 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1124 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--)
1125 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j];
1126 while (idx >= 0)
1127 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1130 else
1131 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1133 else
1134 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1136 else
1137 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1139 else
1142 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up.
1143 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that
1144 * needs updating.
1147 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */
1148 j = -1;
1149 row = 0;
1150 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++)
1152 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1153 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1155 j = i;
1156 break;
1158 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1160 if (j == -1)
1162 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all
1163 * lines */
1164 mid_start = 0;
1166 else
1169 * Try to delete the correct number of lines.
1170 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum.
1172 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1173 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines,
1174 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */
1175 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1176 row += wp->w_old_topfill;
1177 else
1178 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline);
1179 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */
1180 row -= wp->w_topfill;
1181 #endif
1182 if (row > 0)
1184 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1185 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1186 bot_start = wp->w_height - row;
1187 else
1188 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1190 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1193 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still
1194 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info
1195 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set
1196 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing.
1198 bot_start = 0;
1199 idx = 0;
1200 for (;;)
1202 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j];
1203 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still
1204 * valid (no lines deleted) */
1205 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row
1206 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height)
1208 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1;
1209 break;
1211 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1213 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1214 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1216 wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1217 break;
1220 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1221 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top
1222 * when it won't get updated below. */
1223 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0)
1224 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size =
1225 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE)
1226 + wp->w_topfill;
1227 #endif
1232 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When
1233 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen
1234 * first. */
1235 if (mid_start == 0)
1237 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1238 if (lastwin == firstwin)
1240 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or
1241 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE
1242 * then. */
1243 if (screen_cleared != TRUE)
1244 screenclear();
1245 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
1246 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */
1247 if (redraw_tabline)
1248 draw_tabline();
1249 #endif
1253 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be
1254 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear()
1255 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to
1256 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */
1257 if (screen_cleared == TRUE)
1258 must_redraw = 0;
1260 else
1262 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */
1263 mid_start = 0;
1264 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1267 if (type == SOME_VALID)
1269 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */
1270 mid_start = 0;
1271 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1272 type = NOT_VALID;
1275 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1276 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */
1277 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1278 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID))
1280 linenr_T from, to;
1282 if (VIsual_active)
1284 if (VIsual_active
1285 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode
1286 || type == INVERTED_ALL))
1289 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole
1290 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is
1291 * gained or lost.
1293 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum)
1295 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1296 to = VIsual.lnum;
1298 else
1300 from = VIsual.lnum;
1301 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1303 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */
1304 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from)
1305 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1306 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to)
1307 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1308 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from)
1309 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1310 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1311 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1313 else
1316 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines
1317 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor
1318 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed.
1320 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum)
1322 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1323 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1325 else
1327 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1328 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1329 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */
1330 from = to;
1333 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum
1334 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col)
1336 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from
1337 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0)
1338 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1339 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1340 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1341 if (VIsual.lnum < from)
1342 from = VIsual.lnum;
1343 if (VIsual.lnum > to)
1344 to = VIsual.lnum;
1349 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant:
1350 * update all lines.
1351 * First compute the actual start and end column.
1353 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
1355 colnr_T fromc, toc;
1357 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc);
1358 ++toc;
1359 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL)
1360 toc = MAXCOL;
1362 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol
1363 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol)
1365 if (from > VIsual.lnum)
1366 from = VIsual.lnum;
1367 if (to < VIsual.lnum)
1368 to = VIsual.lnum;
1370 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc;
1371 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc;
1374 else
1376 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */
1377 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum)
1379 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1380 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1382 else
1384 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1385 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1390 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window.
1392 if (from < wp->w_topline)
1393 from = wp->w_topline;
1396 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to
1397 * the lines that are visible in the window.
1399 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE)
1401 if (from >= wp->w_botline)
1402 from = wp->w_botline - 1;
1403 if (to >= wp->w_botline)
1404 to = wp->w_botline - 1;
1408 * Find the minimal part to be updated.
1409 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid.
1410 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets
1411 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line.
1412 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text
1413 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for
1414 * mid_end (in srow).
1416 if (mid_start > 0)
1418 lnum = wp->w_topline;
1419 idx = 0;
1420 srow = 0;
1421 if (scrolled_down)
1422 mid_start = top_end;
1423 else
1424 mid_start = 0;
1425 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */
1427 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1428 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1429 else if (!scrolled_down)
1430 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1431 ++idx;
1432 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1433 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1434 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum;
1435 else
1436 # endif
1437 ++lnum;
1439 srow += mid_start;
1440 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1441 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */
1443 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1444 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1)
1446 /* Only update until first row of this line */
1447 mid_end = srow;
1448 break;
1450 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1455 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1457 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode;
1458 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1459 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum;
1460 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col;
1461 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant;
1463 else
1465 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0;
1466 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0;
1467 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0;
1468 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0;
1470 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
1472 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1473 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */
1474 save_got_int = got_int;
1475 got_int = 0;
1476 #endif
1477 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1478 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
1479 #endif
1482 * Update all the window rows.
1484 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1485 row = 0;
1486 srow = 0;
1487 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */
1488 for (;;)
1490 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_
1491 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */
1492 if (row == wp->w_height)
1494 didline = TRUE;
1495 break;
1498 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */
1499 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1501 eof = TRUE;
1502 break;
1505 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt
1506 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */
1507 srow = row;
1510 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it
1511 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid.
1512 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using
1513 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it.
1514 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will
1515 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is
1516 * the same again, just update until the end of the window.
1518 if (row < top_end
1519 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end)
1520 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1521 || top_to_mod
1522 #endif
1523 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid
1524 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start)
1525 || (mod_top != 0
1526 && (lnum == mod_top
1527 || (lnum >= mod_top
1528 && (lnum < mod_bot
1529 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1530 || did_update == DID_FOLD
1531 || (did_update == DID_LINE
1532 && syntax_present(buf)
1533 && (
1534 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1535 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp)
1536 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) ||
1537 # endif
1538 syntax_check_changed(lnum)))
1539 #endif
1540 )))))
1542 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1543 if (lnum == mod_top)
1544 top_to_mod = FALSE;
1545 #endif
1548 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines
1549 * up or down to minimize redrawing.
1550 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end.
1551 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$".
1553 if (lnum == mod_top
1554 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM
1555 && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1))
1557 int old_rows = 0;
1558 int new_rows = 0;
1559 int xtra_rows;
1560 linenr_T l;
1562 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which
1563 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are
1564 * currently displayed. */
1565 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1567 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid
1568 * lines are part of the changed area. */
1569 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1570 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot)
1571 break;
1572 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1573 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1574 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1575 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot)
1577 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot.
1578 * Add following invalid entries. */
1579 ++i;
1580 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid
1581 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
1582 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size;
1583 break;
1585 #endif
1588 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1590 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines,
1591 * need to redraw until the end of the window.
1592 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */
1593 bot_start = 0;
1595 else
1597 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window
1598 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */
1599 j = idx;
1600 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l)
1602 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1603 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL))
1604 ++new_rows;
1605 else
1606 #endif
1607 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1608 if (l == wp->w_topline)
1609 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE)
1610 + wp->w_topfill;
1611 else
1612 #endif
1613 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE);
1614 ++j;
1615 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2)
1617 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */
1618 new_rows = 9999;
1619 break;
1622 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows;
1623 if (xtra_rows < 0)
1625 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough
1626 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the
1627 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text
1628 * below the scrolled text. */
1629 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1630 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1631 else
1633 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1634 if (win_del_lines(wp, row,
1635 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1636 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1637 else
1638 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows;
1641 else if (xtra_rows > 0)
1643 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough
1644 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the
1645 * rest. */
1646 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1647 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1648 else
1650 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1651 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows,
1652 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1653 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1654 else if (top_end > row + old_rows)
1655 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires
1656 * updating down. */
1657 top_end += xtra_rows;
1661 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[]
1662 * entries. */
1663 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j)
1665 if (j < i)
1667 int x = row + new_rows;
1669 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */
1670 for (;;)
1672 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */
1673 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1675 wp->w_lines_valid = j;
1676 break;
1678 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i];
1679 /* stop at a line that won't fit */
1680 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size
1681 > wp->w_height)
1683 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1;
1684 break;
1686 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size;
1687 ++i;
1689 if (bot_start > x)
1690 bot_start = x;
1692 else /* j > i */
1694 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */
1695 j -= i;
1696 wp->w_lines_valid += j;
1697 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height)
1698 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1699 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i)
1700 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j];
1702 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are
1703 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above.
1704 * Reset to zero. */
1705 while (i >= idx)
1707 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0;
1708 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1715 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1717 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them.
1718 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when
1719 * 'wrap' is on).
1721 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo);
1722 if (fold_count != 0)
1724 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row);
1725 ++row;
1726 --fold_count;
1727 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE;
1728 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count;
1729 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1730 did_update = DID_FOLD;
1731 # endif
1733 else
1734 #endif
1735 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid
1736 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1737 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum
1738 && lnum > wp->w_topline
1739 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE)
1740 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height
1741 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1742 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0
1743 #endif
1746 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here,
1747 * will draw "@ " lines below. */
1748 row = wp->w_height + 1;
1750 else
1752 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1753 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum);
1754 #endif
1755 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1756 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */
1757 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum
1758 && syntax_present(buf))
1759 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1760 #endif
1763 * Display one line.
1765 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0);
1767 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1768 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE;
1769 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum;
1770 #endif
1771 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1772 did_update = DID_LINE;
1773 syntax_last_parsed = lnum;
1774 #endif
1777 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum;
1778 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE;
1779 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */
1781 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */
1782 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1783 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE);
1784 ++idx;
1785 break;
1787 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1788 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow;
1789 ++idx;
1790 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1791 lnum += fold_count + 1;
1792 #else
1793 ++lnum;
1794 #endif
1796 else
1798 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */
1799 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1800 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */
1801 break;
1802 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1803 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1;
1804 #else
1805 ++lnum;
1806 #endif
1807 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1808 did_update = DID_NONE;
1809 #endif
1812 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1814 eof = TRUE;
1815 break;
1819 * End of loop over all window lines.
1823 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid)
1824 wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1826 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1828 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here.
1830 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(buf))
1831 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1832 #endif
1835 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last
1836 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit.
1838 wp->w_empty_rows = 0;
1839 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1840 wp->w_filler_rows = 0;
1841 #endif
1842 if (!eof && !didline)
1844 if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
1847 * Single line that does not fit!
1848 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited.
1850 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1;
1852 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1853 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow)
1855 /* Window ends in filler lines. */
1856 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1857 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow;
1859 #endif
1860 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */
1863 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end.
1865 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1,
1866 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
1867 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
1868 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
1869 set_empty_rows(wp, srow);
1870 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1872 else
1874 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1875 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1878 else
1880 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1881 draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
1882 #endif
1883 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */
1885 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
1886 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1887 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline);
1888 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill)
1891 * Display filler lines at the end of the file
1893 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
1894 i = '-';
1895 else
1896 i = fill_diff;
1897 if (row + j > wp->w_height)
1898 j = wp->w_height - row;
1899 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED);
1900 row += j;
1902 #endif
1904 else if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1905 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1907 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */
1908 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */
1909 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1912 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */
1913 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
1914 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1915 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
1916 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill;
1917 #endif
1919 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1922 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each
1923 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive
1924 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the
1925 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to
1926 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was
1927 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on
1928 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw
1929 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it
1930 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where
1931 * changes are relevant).
1933 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE;
1934 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive)
1936 recursive = TRUE;
1937 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE;
1938 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */
1939 if (must_redraw != 0)
1941 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */
1942 i = curbuf->b_mod_set;
1943 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
1944 win_update(curwin);
1945 must_redraw = 0;
1946 curbuf->b_mod_set = i;
1948 recursive = FALSE;
1952 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1953 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */
1954 if (!got_int)
1955 got_int = save_got_int;
1956 #endif
1959 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
1960 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp));
1963 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in.
1965 static int
1966 draw_signcolumn(wp)
1967 win_T *wp;
1969 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
1970 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
1971 || usingNetbeans
1972 # endif
1975 #endif
1978 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2"
1979 * as the filler character.
1981 static void
1982 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl)
1983 win_T *wp;
1984 int c1;
1985 int c2;
1986 int row;
1987 int endrow;
1988 hlf_T hl;
1990 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN)
1991 int n = 0;
1992 # define FDC_OFF n
1993 #else
1994 # define FDC_OFF 0
1995 #endif
1997 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1998 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2000 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */
2001 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2002 n = wp->w_p_fdc;
2004 if (n > 0)
2006 /* draw the fold column at the right */
2007 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp))
2008 n = W_WIDTH(wp);
2009 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2010 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
2011 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2013 # endif
2014 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2015 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2017 int nn = n + 2;
2019 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */
2020 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2021 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2022 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2023 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n,
2024 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
2025 n = nn;
2027 # endif
2028 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2029 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF,
2030 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2031 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2032 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF,
2033 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2035 else
2036 #endif
2038 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2039 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2041 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */
2042 n = 1;
2043 if (n > wp->w_width)
2044 n = wp->w_width;
2045 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2046 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n,
2047 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
2049 #endif
2050 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2051 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
2053 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc;
2055 /* draw the fold column at the left */
2056 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2057 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2058 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2059 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
2060 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2061 n = nn;
2063 #endif
2064 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2065 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2067 int nn = n + 2;
2069 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */
2070 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2071 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2072 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2073 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
2074 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
2075 n = nn;
2077 #endif
2078 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2079 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
2080 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2082 set_empty_rows(wp, row);
2085 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2087 * Display one folded line.
2089 static void
2090 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row)
2091 win_T *wp;
2092 long fold_count;
2093 foldinfo_T *foldinfo;
2094 linenr_T lnum;
2095 int row;
2097 char_u buf[51];
2098 pos_T *top, *bot;
2099 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1;
2100 int len;
2101 char_u *text;
2102 int fdc;
2103 int col;
2104 int txtcol;
2105 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
2106 int ri;
2108 /* Build the fold line:
2109 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2110 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2111 * 3. Add the 'number' column
2112 * 4. Compose the text
2113 * 5. Add the text
2114 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text
2116 col = 0;
2119 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2120 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left.
2122 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2123 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2125 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type;
2126 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
2127 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2128 if (enc_utf8)
2129 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
2130 #endif
2131 ++col;
2133 #endif
2136 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2138 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc;
2139 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2140 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2141 if (fdc > 0)
2143 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum);
2144 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2145 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2147 int i;
2149 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc,
2150 hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2151 /* reverse the fold column */
2152 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i)
2153 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i];
2155 else
2156 #endif
2157 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2158 col += fdc;
2161 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2162 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \
2163 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2164 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \
2165 else \
2166 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2167 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2168 #else
2169 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2170 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2171 #endif
2173 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' column and the text */
2174 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col);
2176 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2177 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */
2178 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2180 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2181 if (len > 0)
2183 if (len > 2)
2184 len = 2;
2185 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2186 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2187 /* the line number isn't reversed */
2188 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col,
2189 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2190 else
2191 # endif
2192 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2193 col += len;
2196 #endif
2199 * 3. Add the 'number' column
2201 if (wp->w_p_nu)
2203 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2204 if (len > 0)
2206 int w = number_width(wp);
2208 if (len > w + 1)
2209 len = w + 1;
2210 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, (long)lnum);
2211 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2212 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2213 /* the line number isn't reversed */
2214 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len,
2215 hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2216 else
2217 #endif
2218 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2219 col += len;
2224 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set.
2226 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf);
2228 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */
2231 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold".
2232 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put
2233 * in columns number-col - window-width.
2235 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2236 if (has_mbyte)
2238 int cells;
2239 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO];
2240 int i;
2241 int idx;
2242 int c_len;
2243 char_u *p;
2244 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2245 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
2246 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */
2247 # endif
2249 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2250 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2251 idx = off;
2252 else
2253 # endif
2254 idx = off + col;
2256 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */
2257 for (p = text; *p != NUL; )
2259 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p);
2260 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
2261 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp)
2262 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2263 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0)
2264 # endif
2266 break;
2267 ScreenLines[idx] = *p;
2268 if (enc_utf8)
2270 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc);
2271 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0)
2273 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0;
2274 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2275 prev_c = u8c;
2276 #endif
2278 else
2280 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2281 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
2283 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
2284 int pc, pc1, nc;
2285 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
2286 int firstbyte = *p;
2288 /* The idea of what is the previous and next
2289 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
2290 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2292 pc = prev_c;
2293 pc1 = prev_c1;
2294 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len);
2295 prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
2297 else
2299 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc);
2300 nc = prev_c;
2301 pc1 = pcc[0];
2303 prev_c = u8c;
2305 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0],
2306 pc, pc1, nc);
2307 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte;
2309 else
2310 prev_c = u8c;
2311 #endif
2312 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
2313 #ifdef UNICODE16
2314 if (u8c >= 0x10000)
2315 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
2316 else
2317 #endif
2318 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c;
2319 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
2321 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i];
2322 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
2323 break;
2326 if (cells > 1)
2327 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0;
2329 else if (cells > 1) /* double-byte character */
2331 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
2332 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1];
2333 else
2334 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1];
2336 col += cells;
2337 idx += cells;
2338 p += c_len;
2341 else
2342 #endif
2344 len = (int)STRLEN(text);
2345 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2346 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2347 if (len > 0)
2349 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2350 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2351 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len);
2352 else
2353 #endif
2354 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len);
2355 col += len;
2359 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */
2360 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2361 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2362 col -= txtcol;
2363 #endif
2364 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)
2365 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2366 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0)
2367 #endif
2370 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2371 if (enc_utf8)
2373 if (fill_fold >= 0x80)
2375 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold;
2376 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0;
2378 else
2379 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0;
2381 #endif
2382 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold;
2385 if (text != buf)
2386 vim_free(text);
2389 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text.
2390 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line.
2392 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2393 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2395 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2397 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2398 top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2399 bot = &VIsual;
2401 else
2403 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2404 top = &VIsual;
2405 bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2407 if (lnum >= top->lnum
2408 && lnume <= bot->lnum
2409 && (VIsual_mode != 'v'
2410 || ((lnum > top->lnum
2411 || (lnum == top->lnum
2412 && top->col == 0))
2413 && (lnume < bot->lnum
2414 || (lnume == bot->lnum
2415 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e'))
2416 >= STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE)))))))
2418 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
2420 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */
2421 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2423 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2424 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2425 else
2426 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol;
2427 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V),
2428 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol);
2431 else
2433 /* Set all attributes of the text */
2434 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol);
2438 #endif
2440 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2441 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */
2442 if (wp->w_p_cuc && (int)wp->w_virtcol + txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp))
2443 ScreenAttrs[off + wp->w_virtcol + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr(
2444 ScreenAttrs[off + wp->w_virtcol + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
2445 #endif
2447 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
2448 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE);
2451 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
2452 * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
2454 if (wp == curwin
2455 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2456 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2458 curwin->w_cline_row = row;
2459 curwin->w_cline_height = 1;
2460 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE;
2461 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
2466 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr".
2468 static void
2469 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr)
2470 int off;
2471 char_u *buf;
2472 int len;
2473 int attr;
2475 int i;
2477 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len);
2478 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2479 if (enc_utf8)
2480 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len);
2481 # endif
2482 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
2483 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr;
2487 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp".
2488 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0.
2490 static void
2491 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum)
2492 char_u *p;
2493 win_T *wp;
2494 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */
2495 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */
2497 int i = 0;
2498 int level;
2499 int first_level;
2500 int empty;
2502 /* Init to all spaces. */
2503 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc);
2505 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level;
2506 if (level > 0)
2508 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */
2509 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1;
2511 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that
2512 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */
2513 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty;
2514 if (first_level < 1)
2515 first_level = 1;
2517 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i)
2519 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum
2520 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level)
2521 p[i] = '-';
2522 else if (first_level == 1)
2523 p[i] = '|';
2524 else if (first_level + i <= 9)
2525 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i;
2526 else
2527 p[i] = '>';
2528 if (first_level + i == level)
2529 break;
2532 if (closed)
2533 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+';
2535 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */
2538 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen.
2539 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached.
2540 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid.
2542 * Return the number of last row the line occupies.
2544 /* ARGSUSED */
2545 static int
2546 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
2547 win_T *wp;
2548 linenr_T lnum;
2549 int startrow;
2550 int endrow;
2551 int nochange; /* not updating for changed text */
2553 int col; /* visual column on screen */
2554 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */
2555 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */
2556 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */
2557 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */
2558 char_u *line; /* current line */
2559 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */
2560 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */
2561 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */
2563 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */
2564 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */
2565 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */
2566 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */
2567 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */
2568 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when
2569 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */
2570 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */
2571 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */
2573 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */
2574 int saved_n_extra = 0;
2575 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL;
2576 int saved_c_extra = 0;
2577 int saved_char_attr = 0;
2579 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */
2580 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */
2581 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */
2582 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */
2584 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */
2586 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */
2587 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */
2588 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */
2589 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2590 pos_T *top, *bot;
2591 #endif
2592 pos_T pos;
2593 long v;
2595 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */
2596 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */
2597 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting
2598 in this line */
2599 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */
2600 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */
2601 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */
2602 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2603 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */
2604 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */
2605 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */
2606 int save_did_emsg;
2607 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */
2608 #endif
2609 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2610 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */
2611 # define SPWORDLEN 150
2612 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */
2613 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */
2614 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line
2615 starts */
2616 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */
2617 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */
2618 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */
2619 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which
2620 * there are no spell errors */
2621 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */
2622 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */
2623 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */
2624 #endif
2625 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */
2626 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2627 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */
2628 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */
2629 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */
2630 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */
2631 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */
2632 #endif
2633 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2634 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */
2635 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */
2636 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */
2637 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */
2638 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */
2639 #endif
2640 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */
2641 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2642 int need_showbreak = FALSE;
2643 #endif
2644 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \
2645 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2646 # define LINE_ATTR
2647 int line_attr = 0; /* atrribute for the whole line */
2648 #endif
2649 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
2650 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
2651 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
2652 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl
2653 has been processed or not */
2654 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol
2655 equals startcol of search_hl or one
2656 of the matches */
2657 #endif
2658 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2659 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
2660 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */
2661 #endif
2662 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
2663 int did_line_attr = 0;
2664 #endif
2666 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */
2667 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */
2668 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2669 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */
2670 #else
2671 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START
2672 #endif
2673 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2674 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */
2675 #else
2676 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE
2677 #endif
2678 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2679 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */
2680 #else
2681 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */
2682 #endif
2683 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */
2684 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2685 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */
2686 #else
2687 # define WL_SBR WL_NR
2688 #endif
2689 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */
2690 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */
2691 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2692 int feedback_col = 0;
2693 int feedback_old_attr = -1;
2694 #endif
2697 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */
2698 return startrow;
2700 row = startrow;
2701 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp);
2704 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak,
2705 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done.
2707 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2708 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr;
2709 #else
2710 extra_check = 0;
2711 #endif
2712 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2713 if (syntax_present(wp->w_buffer) && !wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error)
2715 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an
2716 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */
2717 save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
2718 did_emsg = FALSE;
2719 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
2720 if (did_emsg)
2721 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
2722 else
2724 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
2725 has_syntax = TRUE;
2726 extra_check = TRUE;
2729 #endif
2731 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2732 if (wp->w_p_spell
2733 && *wp->w_buffer->b_p_spl != NUL
2734 && wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_len > 0
2735 && *(char **)(wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL)
2737 /* Prepare for spell checking. */
2738 has_spell = TRUE;
2739 extra_check = TRUE;
2741 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next
2742 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.".
2743 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */
2744 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL;
2745 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2747 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE);
2748 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN);
2751 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current
2752 * line is valid. */
2753 if (lnum == checked_lnum)
2754 cur_checked_col = checked_col;
2755 checked_lnum = 0;
2757 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a
2758 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check
2759 * the first word. */
2760 if (lnum != capcol_lnum)
2761 cap_col = -1;
2762 if (lnum == 1)
2763 cap_col = 0;
2764 capcol_lnum = 0;
2766 #endif
2769 * handle visual active in this window
2771 fromcol = -10;
2772 tocol = MAXCOL;
2773 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2774 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2776 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2777 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2779 top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2780 bot = &VIsual;
2782 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2784 top = &VIsual;
2785 bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2787 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */
2789 if (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum)
2791 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol;
2792 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2795 else /* non-block mode */
2797 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum)
2798 fromcol = 0;
2799 else if (lnum == top->lnum)
2801 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */
2802 fromcol = 0;
2803 else
2805 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2806 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL)
2807 tocol = fromcol + 1;
2810 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum)
2812 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0
2813 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2814 && bot->coladd == 0
2815 #endif
2818 fromcol = -10;
2819 tocol = MAXCOL;
2821 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL)
2822 tocol = MAXCOL;
2823 else
2825 pos = *bot;
2826 if (*p_sel == 'e')
2827 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2828 else
2830 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol);
2831 ++tocol;
2837 #ifndef MSDOS
2838 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */
2839 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin
2840 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
2841 && !gui.in_use
2842 # endif
2844 noinvcur = TRUE;
2845 #endif
2847 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */
2848 if (fromcol >= 0)
2850 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2851 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V);
2852 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11)
2853 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel())
2854 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC);
2855 #endif
2860 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting
2862 else
2863 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
2864 if (highlight_match
2865 && wp == curwin
2866 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2867 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2869 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2870 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor),
2871 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2872 else
2873 fromcol = 0;
2874 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2876 pos.lnum = lnum;
2877 pos.col = search_match_endcol;
2878 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2880 else
2881 tocol = MAXCOL;
2882 if (fromcol == tocol) /* do at least one character */
2883 tocol = fromcol + 1; /* happens when past end of line */
2884 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2885 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I);
2888 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2889 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum);
2890 if (filler_lines < 0)
2892 if (filler_lines == -1)
2894 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end))
2895 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */
2896 else if (change_start == 0)
2897 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */
2898 else
2899 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */
2901 else
2902 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */
2903 filler_lines = 0;
2904 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2906 if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
2907 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill;
2908 filler_todo = filler_lines;
2909 #endif
2911 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
2912 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2913 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */
2914 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL);
2915 if (v != 0)
2916 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE);
2917 # endif
2918 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
2919 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */
2920 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum)
2921 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
2922 # endif
2923 if (line_attr != 0)
2924 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2925 #endif
2927 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
2928 ptr = line;
2930 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2931 if (has_spell)
2933 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */
2934 if (cap_col == 0)
2935 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line);
2937 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the
2938 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was
2939 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */
2940 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL)
2942 /* No next line or it is empty. */
2943 nextlinecol = MAXCOL;
2944 nextline_idx = 0;
2946 else
2948 v = (long)STRLEN(line);
2949 if (v < SPWORDLEN)
2951 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the
2952 * next line. */
2953 nextlinecol = 0;
2954 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v);
2955 mch_memmove(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN,
2956 STRLEN(nextline + SPWORDLEN) + 1);
2957 nextline_idx = v + 1;
2959 else
2961 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */
2962 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN;
2963 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN);
2964 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1;
2968 #endif
2970 /* find start of trailing whitespace */
2971 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail)
2973 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr);
2974 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1]))
2975 --trailcol;
2976 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line);
2977 extra_check = TRUE;
2981 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the
2982 * first character to be displayed.
2984 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
2985 v = wp->w_skipcol;
2986 else
2987 v = wp->w_leftcol;
2988 if (v > 0)
2990 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2991 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr;
2992 #endif
2993 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL)
2995 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL);
2996 vcol += c;
2997 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2998 prev_ptr = ptr;
2999 #endif
3000 mb_ptr_adv(ptr);
3003 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
3004 /* When 'virtualedit' is set the end of the line may be before the
3005 * start of the displayed part. */
3006 if (vcol < v && *ptr == NUL && virtual_active())
3007 vcol = v;
3008 #endif
3010 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at
3011 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */
3012 if (vcol > v)
3014 vcol -= c;
3015 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3016 ptr = prev_ptr;
3017 #else
3018 --ptr;
3019 #endif
3020 n_skip = v - vcol;
3024 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen,
3025 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen.
3027 if (tocol <= vcol)
3028 fromcol = 0;
3029 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol)
3030 fromcol = vcol;
3032 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3033 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */
3034 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
3035 need_showbreak = TRUE;
3036 #endif
3037 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3038 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the
3039 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */
3040 if (has_spell)
3042 int len;
3043 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3045 pos = wp->w_cursor;
3046 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
3047 wp->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(ptr - line);
3048 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf);
3049 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line)
3051 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a
3052 * word */
3053 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3054 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp->w_buffer) - line + 1);
3056 else
3058 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */
3059 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1;
3061 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */
3062 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT)
3063 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
3065 wp->w_cursor = pos;
3067 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3068 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */
3069 if (has_syntax)
3070 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
3071 # endif
3073 #endif
3077 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled.
3078 * Avoids having to check this for each character.
3080 if (fromcol >= 0)
3082 if (noinvcur)
3084 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol)
3086 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the
3087 * cursor */
3088 fromcol_prev = fromcol;
3089 fromcol = -1;
3091 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol)
3092 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */
3093 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol;
3095 if (fromcol >= tocol)
3096 fromcol = -1;
3099 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3101 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches.
3102 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list.
3104 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3105 shl_flag = FALSE;
3106 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3108 if (shl_flag == FALSE)
3110 shl = &search_hl;
3111 shl_flag = TRUE;
3113 else
3114 shl = &cur->hl;
3115 shl->startcol = MAXCOL;
3116 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3117 shl->attr_cur = 0;
3118 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3120 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3121 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3123 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it
3124 * invalid. */
3125 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3126 ptr = line + v;
3128 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum)
3130 if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3131 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3132 else
3133 shl->startcol = 0;
3134 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
3135 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum)
3136 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3137 else
3138 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3139 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */
3140 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3142 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3143 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL)
3144 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol);
3145 else
3146 #endif
3147 ++shl->endcol;
3149 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */
3151 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3152 search_attr = shl->attr;
3154 area_highlighting = TRUE;
3157 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3158 cur = cur->next;
3160 #endif
3162 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3163 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline'. Not when Visual mode is
3164 * active, because it's not clear what is selected then. */
3165 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && !VIsual_active)
3167 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL);
3168 area_highlighting = TRUE;
3170 #endif
3172 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
3173 col = 0;
3174 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3175 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3177 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put
3178 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the
3179 * rightmost column of the window. */
3180 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1;
3181 off += col;
3183 #endif
3186 * Repeat for the whole displayed line.
3188 for (;;)
3190 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */
3191 if (draw_state != WL_LINE)
3193 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
3194 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3196 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE;
3197 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
3199 /* Draw the cmdline character. */
3200 n_extra = 1;
3201 c_extra = cmdwin_type;
3202 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3205 #endif
3207 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3208 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3210 draw_state = WL_FOLD;
3211 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
3213 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */
3214 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum);
3215 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc;
3216 p_extra = extra;
3217 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL;
3218 c_extra = NUL;
3219 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC);
3222 #endif
3224 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
3225 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3227 draw_state = WL_SIGN;
3228 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this
3229 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */
3230 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)
3231 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3232 && filler_todo <= 0
3233 # endif
3236 int_u text_sign;
3237 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3238 int_u icon_sign;
3239 # endif
3241 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */
3242 c_extra = ' ';
3243 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC);
3244 n_extra = 2;
3246 if (row == startrow)
3248 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3249 SIGN_TEXT);
3250 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3251 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3252 SIGN_ICON);
3253 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0)
3255 /* Use the image in this position. */
3256 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE;
3257 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
3258 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1)
3259 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE;
3260 # endif
3261 char_attr = icon_sign;
3263 else
3264 # endif
3265 if (text_sign != 0)
3267 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign);
3268 if (p_extra != NULL)
3270 c_extra = NUL;
3271 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3273 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE);
3278 #endif
3280 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3282 draw_state = WL_NR;
3283 /* Display the line number. After the first fill with blanks
3284 * when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */
3285 if (wp->w_p_nu
3286 && (row == startrow
3287 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3288 + filler_lines
3289 #endif
3290 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL))
3292 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */
3293 if (row == startrow
3294 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3295 + filler_lines
3296 #endif
3299 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ",
3300 number_width(wp), (long)lnum);
3301 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0)
3302 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra)
3303 *p_extra = '-';
3304 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3305 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */
3306 rl_mirror(extra);
3307 #endif
3308 p_extra = extra;
3309 c_extra = NUL;
3311 else
3312 c_extra = ' ';
3313 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1;
3314 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N);
3315 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3316 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of
3317 * the current line differently. */
3318 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum)
3319 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(hl_attr(HLF_CUL), char_attr);
3320 #endif
3324 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
3325 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3327 draw_state = WL_SBR;
3328 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3329 if (filler_todo > 0)
3331 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */
3332 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
3333 c_extra = '-';
3334 else
3335 c_extra = fill_diff;
3336 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3337 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3338 n_extra = col + 1;
3339 else
3340 # endif
3341 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
3342 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED);
3344 # endif
3345 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3346 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak)
3348 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */
3349 p_extra = p_sbr;
3350 c_extra = NUL;
3351 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr);
3352 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3353 need_showbreak = FALSE;
3354 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak',
3355 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */
3356 if (tocol == vcol)
3357 tocol += n_extra;
3359 # endif
3361 #endif
3363 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3365 draw_state = WL_LINE;
3366 if (saved_n_extra)
3368 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */
3369 n_extra = saved_n_extra;
3370 c_extra = saved_c_extra;
3371 p_extra = saved_p_extra;
3372 char_attr = saved_char_attr;
3374 else
3375 char_attr = 0;
3379 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */
3380 if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin
3381 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol
3382 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3383 && filler_todo <= 0
3384 #endif
3387 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp),
3388 wp->w_p_rl);
3389 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when
3390 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */
3391 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3392 if (wp->w_p_cuc)
3393 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height;
3394 else
3395 #endif
3396 row = wp->w_height;
3397 break;
3400 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting)
3402 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */
3403 if (vcol == fromcol
3404 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3405 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0
3406 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1)
3407 #endif
3408 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev
3409 && vcol < tocol))
3410 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */
3411 else if (area_attr != 0
3412 && (vcol == tocol
3413 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
3414 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */
3416 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3417 if (!n_extra)
3420 * Check for start/end of search pattern match.
3421 * After end, check for start/end of next match.
3422 * When another match, have to check for start again.
3423 * Watch out for matching an empty string!
3424 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by
3425 * priority).
3427 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3428 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3429 shl_flag = FALSE;
3430 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3432 if (shl_flag == FALSE
3433 && ((cur != NULL
3434 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
3435 || cur == NULL))
3437 shl = &search_hl;
3438 shl_flag = TRUE;
3440 else
3441 shl = &cur->hl;
3442 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3444 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL
3445 && v >= (long)shl->startcol
3446 && v < (long)shl->endcol)
3448 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3450 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol)
3452 shl->attr_cur = 0;
3454 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3456 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp
3457 * may have made it invalid. */
3458 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3459 ptr = line + v;
3461 if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3463 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3464 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0)
3465 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3466 else
3467 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3469 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3471 /* highlight empty match, try again after
3472 * it */
3473 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3474 if (has_mbyte)
3475 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line
3476 + shl->endcol);
3477 else
3478 #endif
3479 ++shl->endcol;
3482 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the
3483 * current position */
3484 continue;
3487 break;
3489 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3490 cur = cur->next;
3493 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
3494 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
3495 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur;
3496 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3497 shl_flag = FALSE;
3498 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3500 if (shl_flag == FALSE
3501 && ((cur != NULL
3502 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
3503 || cur == NULL))
3505 shl = &search_hl;
3506 shl_flag = TRUE;
3508 else
3509 shl = &cur->hl;
3510 if (shl->attr_cur != 0)
3511 search_attr = shl->attr_cur;
3512 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3513 cur = cur->next;
3516 #endif
3518 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3519 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0)
3521 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start
3522 && n_extra == 0)
3523 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */
3524 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end
3525 && n_extra == 0)
3526 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */
3527 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
3529 #endif
3531 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */
3532 attr_pri = TRUE;
3533 if (area_attr != 0)
3534 char_attr = area_attr;
3535 else if (search_attr != 0)
3536 char_attr = search_attr;
3537 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
3538 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area
3539 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */
3540 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL)
3541 || (vcol < fromcol || vcol >= tocol)))
3542 char_attr = line_attr;
3543 #endif
3544 else
3546 attr_pri = FALSE;
3547 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3548 if (has_syntax)
3549 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3550 else
3551 #endif
3552 char_attr = 0;
3557 * Get the next character to put on the screen.
3560 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to
3561 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other
3562 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used.
3563 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past
3564 * "p_extra[n_extra]".
3565 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "".
3567 if (n_extra > 0)
3569 if (c_extra != NUL)
3571 c = c_extra;
3572 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3573 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */
3574 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3576 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3577 u8cc[0] = 0;
3578 c = 0xc0;
3580 else
3581 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3582 #endif
3584 else
3586 c = *p_extra;
3587 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3588 if (has_mbyte)
3590 mb_c = c;
3591 if (enc_utf8)
3593 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte:
3594 * Decode it into "mb_c". */
3595 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra);
3596 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3597 if (mb_l > n_extra)
3598 mb_l = 1;
3599 else if (mb_l > 1)
3601 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc);
3602 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3603 c = 0xc0;
3606 else
3608 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */
3609 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3610 if (mb_l >= n_extra)
3611 mb_l = 1;
3612 else if (mb_l > 1)
3613 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1];
3615 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3616 mb_l = 1;
3618 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3619 * last column. */
3620 if ((
3621 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3622 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3623 # endif
3624 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3625 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3627 c = '>';
3628 mb_c = c;
3629 mb_l = 1;
3630 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3631 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3632 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width
3633 * character at the start of the next line. */
3634 ++n_extra;
3635 --p_extra;
3637 else
3639 n_extra -= mb_l - 1;
3640 p_extra += mb_l - 1;
3643 #endif
3644 ++p_extra;
3646 --n_extra;
3648 else
3651 * Get a character from the line itself.
3653 c = *ptr;
3654 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3655 if (has_mbyte)
3657 mb_c = c;
3658 if (enc_utf8)
3660 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it
3661 * into "mb_c". */
3662 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3663 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3664 if (mb_l > 1)
3666 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
3667 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char
3668 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */
3669 if (mb_c < 0x80)
3670 c = mb_c;
3671 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3673 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char.
3674 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */
3675 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c))
3677 int i;
3679 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i)
3680 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1];
3681 u8cc[0] = mb_c;
3682 mb_c = ' ';
3686 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80)
3687 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0)
3688 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c)
3689 # ifdef UNICODE16
3690 || mb_c >= 0x10000
3691 # endif
3695 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>.
3696 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?.
3698 # ifdef UNICODE16
3699 if (mb_c < 0x10000)
3700 # endif
3702 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c);
3703 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3704 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */
3705 rl_mirror(extra);
3706 # endif
3708 # ifdef UNICODE16
3709 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2)
3710 STRCPY(extra, "?");
3711 else
3712 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */
3713 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237");
3714 # endif
3716 p_extra = extra;
3717 c = *p_extra;
3718 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra);
3719 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80);
3720 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3721 c_extra = NUL;
3722 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3724 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3725 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3726 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3729 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3730 mb_l = 1;
3731 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
3732 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c))
3734 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
3735 int pc, pc1, nc;
3736 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
3738 /* The idea of what is the previous and next
3739 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
3740 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3742 pc = prev_c;
3743 pc1 = prev_c1;
3744 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l);
3745 prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
3747 else
3749 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc);
3750 nc = prev_c;
3751 pc1 = pcc[0];
3753 prev_c = mb_c;
3755 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc);
3757 else
3758 prev_c = mb_c;
3759 #endif
3761 else /* enc_dbcs */
3763 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3764 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3765 mb_l = 1;
3766 else if (mb_l > 1)
3768 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal.
3769 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings!
3771 if (ptr[1] >= 32)
3772 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1];
3773 else
3775 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
3777 /* head byte at end of line */
3778 mb_l = 1;
3779 transchar_nonprint(extra, c);
3781 else
3783 /* illegal tail byte */
3784 mb_l = 2;
3785 STRCPY(extra, "XX");
3787 p_extra = extra;
3788 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1;
3789 c_extra = NUL;
3790 c = *p_extra++;
3791 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3793 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3794 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3795 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3797 mb_c = c;
3801 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3802 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the
3803 * next line. */
3804 if ((
3805 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3806 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3807 # endif
3808 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3809 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3811 c = '>';
3812 mb_c = c;
3813 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3814 mb_l = 1;
3815 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3816 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be
3817 * displayed at the start of the next line. */
3818 --ptr;
3820 else if (*ptr != NUL)
3821 ptr += mb_l - 1;
3823 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display
3824 * a '<' in the first column. */
3825 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1)
3827 n_extra = 1;
3828 c_extra = '<';
3829 c = ' ';
3830 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3832 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3833 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3834 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3836 mb_c = c;
3837 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3838 mb_l = 1;
3842 #endif
3843 ++ptr;
3845 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */
3846 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160
3847 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3848 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160)
3849 #endif
3850 ) && lcs_nbsp)
3852 c = lcs_nbsp;
3853 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3855 n_attr = 1;
3856 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3857 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3859 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3860 mb_c = c;
3861 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3863 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3864 u8cc[0] = 0;
3865 c = 0xc0;
3867 else
3868 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3869 #endif
3872 if (extra_check)
3874 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3875 int can_spell = TRUE;
3876 #endif
3878 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3879 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line
3880 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */
3881 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3882 if (has_syntax && v > 0)
3884 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there
3885 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */
3886 save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
3887 did_emsg = FALSE;
3889 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1,
3890 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3891 has_spell ? &can_spell :
3892 # endif
3893 NULL, FALSE);
3895 if (did_emsg)
3897 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
3898 has_syntax = FALSE;
3900 else
3901 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
3903 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may
3904 * have made it invalid. */
3905 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3906 ptr = line + v;
3908 if (!attr_pri)
3909 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3910 else
3911 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr);
3913 #endif
3915 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3916 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line).
3917 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the
3918 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item
3919 * contains the @Spell cluster. */
3920 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col)
3922 spell_attr = 0;
3923 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3924 if (!attr_pri)
3925 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3926 # endif
3927 if (c != 0 && (
3928 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3929 !has_syntax ||
3930 # endif
3931 can_spell))
3933 char_u *prev_ptr, *p;
3934 int len;
3935 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3936 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3937 if (has_mbyte)
3939 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l;
3940 v -= mb_l - 1;
3942 else
3943 # endif
3944 prev_ptr = ptr - 1;
3946 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the
3947 * next line concatenated. */
3948 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0)
3949 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol;
3950 else
3951 p = prev_ptr;
3952 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line);
3953 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col,
3954 nochange);
3955 word_end = v + len;
3957 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that
3958 * doesn't touch the cursor. */
3959 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT
3960 && (State & INSERT) != 0
3961 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum
3962 && wp->w_cursor.col >=
3963 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line)
3964 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end)
3966 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3967 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum;
3970 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr
3971 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx)
3973 /* Remember that the good word continues at the
3974 * start of the next line. */
3975 checked_lnum = lnum + 1;
3976 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx);
3979 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */
3980 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT)
3981 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
3983 if (cap_col > 0)
3985 if (p != prev_ptr
3986 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx)
3988 /* Remember that the word in the next line
3989 * must start with a capital. */
3990 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
3991 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col
3992 - nextline_idx);
3994 else
3995 /* Compute the actual column. */
3996 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line);
4000 if (spell_attr != 0)
4002 if (!attr_pri)
4003 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr);
4004 else
4005 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr);
4007 #endif
4008 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4010 * Found last space before word: check for line break.
4012 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)
4013 && !wp->w_p_list)
4015 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - (
4016 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4017 has_mbyte ? mb_l :
4018 # endif
4019 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1;
4020 c_extra = ' ';
4021 if (vim_iswhite(c))
4022 c = ' ';
4024 #endif
4026 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ')
4028 c = lcs_trail;
4029 if (!attr_pri)
4031 n_attr = 1;
4032 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4033 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4035 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4036 mb_c = c;
4037 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4039 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4040 u8cc[0] = 0;
4041 c = 0xc0;
4043 else
4044 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4045 #endif
4050 * Handling of non-printable characters.
4052 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR))
4055 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to
4056 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it
4057 * into "ScreenLines".
4059 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
4061 /* tab amount depends on current column */
4062 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts
4063 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1;
4064 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4065 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4066 #endif
4067 if (wp->w_p_list)
4069 c = lcs_tab1;
4070 c_extra = lcs_tab2;
4071 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
4072 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4073 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4074 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4075 mb_c = c;
4076 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4078 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4079 u8cc[0] = 0;
4080 c = 0xc0;
4082 #endif
4084 else
4086 c_extra = ' ';
4087 c = ' ';
4090 else if (c == NUL
4091 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0)
4092 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0)
4093 && tocol > vcol
4094 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
4095 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
4096 #endif
4097 && (
4098 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4099 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4100 # endif
4101 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))
4102 && !(noinvcur
4103 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
4104 && lcs_eol_one >= 0)
4106 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra
4107 * character if the line break is included. */
4108 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR)
4109 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the
4110 * "$". */
4111 if (
4112 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4113 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0
4114 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
4116 # endif
4117 # endif
4118 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
4119 line_attr == 0
4120 # endif
4122 #endif
4124 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4125 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend
4126 * beyond end of line. */
4127 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active()
4128 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol)
4129 n_extra = 0;
4130 else
4131 #endif
4133 p_extra = at_end_str;
4134 n_extra = 1;
4135 c_extra = NUL;
4138 if (wp->w_p_list)
4139 c = lcs_eol;
4140 else
4141 c = ' ';
4142 lcs_eol_one = -1;
4143 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4144 if (!attr_pri)
4146 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4147 n_attr = 1;
4149 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4150 mb_c = c;
4151 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4153 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4154 u8cc[0] = 0;
4155 c = 0xc0;
4157 else
4158 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4159 #endif
4161 else if (c != NUL)
4163 p_extra = transchar(c);
4164 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4165 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl)
4166 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */
4167 #endif
4168 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1;
4169 c_extra = NUL;
4170 c = *p_extra++;
4171 if (!attr_pri)
4173 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
4174 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4175 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4177 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4178 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4179 #endif
4181 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4182 else if (VIsual_active
4183 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V
4184 || VIsual_mode == 'v')
4185 && virtual_active()
4186 && tocol != MAXCOL
4187 && vcol < tocol
4188 && (
4189 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4190 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4191 # endif
4192 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
4194 c = ' ';
4195 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4197 #endif
4198 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4199 else if ((
4200 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4201 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 ||
4202 # endif
4203 line_attr != 0
4204 ) && (
4205 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4206 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4207 # endif
4208 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
4210 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */
4211 c = ' ';
4212 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4214 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */
4215 ++did_line_attr;
4217 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */
4218 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0)
4219 char_attr = line_attr;
4220 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4221 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD)
4223 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD;
4224 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr)
4225 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
4227 # endif
4229 #endif
4233 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */
4234 if (n_attr > 0
4235 && draw_state == WL_LINE
4236 && !attr_pri)
4237 char_attr = extra_attr;
4239 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
4240 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send
4241 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use
4242 * im_is_preediting() here. */
4243 if (xic != NULL
4244 && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
4245 && (State & INSERT)
4246 && !p_imdisable
4247 && im_is_preediting()
4248 && draw_state == WL_LINE)
4250 colnr_T tcol;
4252 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL)
4253 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL);
4254 else
4255 tcol = preedit_end_col;
4256 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol)
4258 if (feedback_old_attr < 0)
4260 feedback_col = 0;
4261 feedback_old_attr = char_attr;
4263 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col);
4264 if (char_attr < 0)
4265 char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4266 feedback_col++;
4268 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0)
4270 char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4271 feedback_old_attr = -1;
4272 feedback_col = 0;
4275 #endif
4277 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first
4278 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a
4279 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>".
4281 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL
4282 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0)
4283 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4284 && filler_todo <= 0
4285 #endif
4286 && draw_state > WL_NR
4287 && c != NUL)
4289 c = lcs_prec;
4290 lcs_prec_todo = NUL;
4291 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4292 mb_c = c;
4293 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4295 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4296 u8cc[0] = 0;
4297 c = 0xc0;
4299 else
4300 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4301 #endif
4302 if (!attr_pri)
4304 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4305 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */
4306 n_attr3 = 1;
4311 * At end of the text line or just after the last character.
4313 if (c == NUL
4314 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4315 || did_line_attr == 1
4316 #endif
4319 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4320 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL);
4322 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */
4323 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol)
4324 ++prevcol;
4325 #endif
4327 /* invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or
4328 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last
4329 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not
4330 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */
4331 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4332 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE;
4333 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol)
4334 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE;
4335 else
4337 cur = wp->w_match_head;
4338 while (cur != NULL)
4340 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol)
4342 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE;
4343 break;
4345 cur = cur->next;
4348 #endif
4349 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one
4350 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol && c == NUL)
4351 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4352 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */
4353 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE
4354 # if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4355 && did_line_attr <= 1
4356 # endif
4358 #endif
4361 int n = 0;
4363 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4364 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4366 if (col < 0)
4367 n = 1;
4369 else
4370 #endif
4372 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))
4373 n = -1;
4375 if (n != 0)
4377 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character
4378 * instead (better than nothing). */
4379 off += n;
4380 col += n;
4382 else
4384 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */
4385 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4386 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4387 if (enc_utf8)
4388 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4389 #endif
4391 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4392 if (area_attr == 0)
4394 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
4395 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
4396 char_attr = search_hl.attr;
4397 cur = wp->w_match_head;
4398 shl_flag = FALSE;
4399 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
4401 if (shl_flag == FALSE
4402 && ((cur != NULL
4403 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
4404 || cur == NULL))
4406 shl = &search_hl;
4407 shl_flag = TRUE;
4409 else
4410 shl = &cur->hl;
4411 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol)
4412 char_attr = shl->attr;
4413 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
4414 cur = cur->next;
4417 #endif
4418 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4419 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4420 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4422 --col;
4423 --off;
4425 else
4426 #endif
4428 ++col;
4429 ++off;
4431 ++vcol;
4432 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4433 eol_hl_off = 1;
4434 #endif
4439 * At end of the text line.
4441 if (c == NUL)
4443 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4444 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol)
4446 /* highlight last char after line */
4447 --col;
4448 --off;
4449 --vcol;
4452 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' past end of the line. */
4453 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
4454 v = wp->w_skipcol;
4455 else
4456 v = wp->w_leftcol;
4457 /* check if line ends before left margin */
4458 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp))
4460 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp);
4461 if (wp->w_p_cuc
4462 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= vcol - eol_hl_off
4463 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1)
4465 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
4466 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4467 && !wp->w_p_rl
4468 # endif
4471 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp))
4473 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4474 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4475 if (enc_utf8)
4476 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4477 #endif
4478 ++col;
4479 if (vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol)
4481 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC);
4482 break;
4484 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0;
4485 ++vcol;
4488 #endif
4490 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4491 wp->w_p_rl);
4492 row++;
4495 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
4496 * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
4498 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4500 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow;
4501 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow;
4502 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4503 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE;
4504 #endif
4505 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
4508 break;
4511 /* line continues beyond line end */
4512 if (lcs_ext
4513 && !wp->w_p_wrap
4514 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4515 && filler_todo <= 0
4516 #endif
4517 && (
4518 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4519 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 :
4520 #endif
4521 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)
4522 && (*ptr != NUL
4523 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str)
4524 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))))
4526 c = lcs_ext;
4527 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4528 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4529 mb_c = c;
4530 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4532 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4533 u8cc[0] = 0;
4534 c = 0xc0;
4536 else
4537 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4538 #endif
4541 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4542 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't
4543 * highlight the cursor position itself. */
4544 if (wp->w_p_cuc && vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol
4545 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
4546 && draw_state == WL_LINE)
4548 vcol_save_attr = char_attr;
4549 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
4551 else
4552 vcol_save_attr = -1;
4553 #endif
4556 * Store character to be displayed.
4557 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'.
4559 vcol_prev = vcol;
4560 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0)
4563 * Store the character.
4565 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
4566 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4568 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */
4569 --off;
4570 --col;
4572 #endif
4573 ScreenLines[off] = c;
4574 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4575 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
4576 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4577 else if (enc_utf8)
4579 if (mb_utf8)
4581 int i;
4583 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c;
4584 if ((c & 0xff) == 0)
4585 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */
4586 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
4588 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i];
4589 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
4590 break;
4593 else
4594 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4596 if (multi_attr)
4598 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr;
4599 multi_attr = 0;
4601 else
4602 #endif
4603 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4605 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4606 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4608 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */
4609 ++off;
4610 ++col;
4611 if (enc_utf8)
4612 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */
4613 ScreenLines[off] = 0;
4614 else
4615 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */
4616 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4617 ++vcol;
4618 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of
4619 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */
4620 if (tocol == vcol)
4621 ++tocol;
4622 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4623 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4625 /* now it's time to backup one cell */
4626 --off;
4627 --col;
4629 #endif
4631 #endif
4632 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4633 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4635 --off;
4636 --col;
4638 else
4639 #endif
4641 ++off;
4642 ++col;
4645 else
4646 --n_skip;
4648 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' column. */
4649 if (draw_state >= WL_SBR
4650 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4651 && filler_todo <= 0
4652 #endif
4654 ++vcol;
4656 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4657 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0)
4658 char_attr = vcol_save_attr;
4659 #endif
4661 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */
4662 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0)
4663 char_attr = saved_attr3;
4665 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */
4666 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0)
4667 char_attr = saved_attr2;
4670 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line
4671 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above.
4673 if ((
4674 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4675 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) :
4676 #endif
4677 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)))
4678 && (*ptr != NUL
4679 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4680 || filler_todo > 0
4681 #endif
4682 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str)
4683 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))
4686 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4687 wp->w_p_rl);
4688 ++row;
4689 ++screen_row;
4691 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed
4692 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */
4693 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap
4694 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4695 && filler_todo <= 0
4696 #endif
4697 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1)
4698 break;
4700 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */
4701 if (draw_state != WL_LINE
4702 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4703 && filler_todo <= 0
4704 #endif
4707 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
4708 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
4709 draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
4710 #endif
4711 row = endrow;
4714 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */
4715 if (row == endrow)
4717 ++row;
4718 break;
4721 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1
4722 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4723 && filler_todo <= 0
4724 #endif
4725 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns)
4727 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */
4728 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE;
4731 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with
4732 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of
4733 * the line. This will work with all terminal types
4734 * (regardless of the xn,am settings).
4735 * Only do this on a fast tty.
4736 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line
4737 * (something has been written in it).
4738 * Don't do this for the GUI.
4739 * Don't do this for double-width characters.
4740 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border.
4742 if (p_tf
4743 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4744 && !gui.in_use
4745 #endif
4746 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4747 && !(has_mbyte
4748 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row],
4749 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns)
4750 == 2
4751 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4752 + (int)Columns - 2,
4753 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns)
4754 == 2))
4755 #endif
4758 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line,
4759 * then output the same character again to let the
4760 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't
4761 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */
4762 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp))
4763 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4764 + (unsigned)Columns - 1,
4765 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1));
4767 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4768 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a
4769 * space to keep it simple. */
4770 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[
4771 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1)
4772 out_char(' ');
4773 else
4774 #endif
4775 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4776 + (Columns - 1)]);
4777 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */
4778 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1;
4779 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
4783 col = 0;
4784 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
4785 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4786 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4788 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */
4789 off += col;
4791 #endif
4793 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */
4794 draw_state = WL_START;
4795 saved_n_extra = n_extra;
4796 saved_p_extra = p_extra;
4797 saved_c_extra = c_extra;
4798 saved_char_attr = char_attr;
4799 n_extra = 0;
4800 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec;
4801 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4802 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4803 if (filler_todo <= 0)
4804 # endif
4805 need_showbreak = TRUE;
4806 #endif
4807 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4808 --filler_todo;
4809 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the
4810 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */
4811 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill)
4812 break;
4813 #endif
4816 } /* for every character in the line */
4818 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4819 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */
4820 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL)
4822 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4823 cap_col = 0;
4825 #endif
4827 return row;
4830 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4831 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int));
4834 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ.
4836 static int
4837 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)
4838 int off_from;
4839 int off_to;
4841 int i;
4843 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
4845 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to])
4846 return TRUE;
4847 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0)
4848 break;
4850 return FALSE;
4852 #endif
4855 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing:
4856 * - the (first byte of the) character is different
4857 * - the attributes are different
4858 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different
4860 static int
4861 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols)
4862 int off_from;
4863 int off_to;
4864 int cols;
4866 if (cols > 0
4867 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to]
4868 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
4870 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4871 || (enc_dbcs != 0
4872 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1
4873 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e
4874 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to]
4875 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1]
4876 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1])))
4877 || (enc_utf8
4878 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
4879 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0
4880 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to))))
4881 #endif
4883 return TRUE;
4884 return FALSE;
4888 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that
4889 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character.
4890 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line.
4891 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are.
4892 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line
4893 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise.
4894 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window:
4895 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol"
4896 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width"
4898 static void
4899 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width
4900 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4901 , rlflag
4902 #endif
4904 int row;
4905 int coloff;
4906 int endcol;
4907 int clear_width;
4908 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4909 int rlflag;
4910 #endif
4912 unsigned off_from;
4913 unsigned off_to;
4914 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4915 unsigned max_off_from;
4916 unsigned max_off_to;
4917 #endif
4918 int col = 0;
4919 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
4920 int hl;
4921 #endif
4922 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */
4923 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */
4924 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4925 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */
4926 #endif
4928 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */
4929 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4930 int clear_next = FALSE;
4931 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */
4932 /* 2: occupies two display cells */
4933 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells
4934 #else
4935 # define CHAR_CELLS 1
4936 #endif
4938 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
4939 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row);
4940 # endif
4942 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
4943 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff;
4944 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4945 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns;
4946 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
4947 #endif
4949 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4950 if (rlflag)
4952 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */
4953 if (clear_width > 0)
4955 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
4956 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
4957 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4958 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
4959 # endif
4962 ++off_to;
4963 ++col;
4965 if (col <= endcol)
4966 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff,
4967 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0);
4969 col = endcol + 1;
4970 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff;
4971 off_from += col;
4972 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width);
4974 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */
4976 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col);
4978 while (col < endcol)
4980 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4981 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol))
4982 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from);
4983 else
4984 char_cells = 1;
4985 #endif
4987 redraw_this = redraw_next;
4988 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS,
4989 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS);
4991 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4992 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to
4993 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only
4994 * happens in the GUI.
4996 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use)
4998 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS];
4999 if (hl > HL_ALL)
5000 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl);
5001 if (hl & HL_BOLD)
5002 redraw_this = TRUE;
5004 #endif
5006 if (redraw_this)
5009 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm):
5010 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the
5011 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The
5012 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the
5013 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must
5014 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted
5015 * character.
5016 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need
5017 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it
5018 * completely.
5020 if ( p_wiv
5021 && !force
5022 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5023 && !gui.in_use
5024 #endif
5025 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0
5026 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
5029 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here.
5031 windgoto(row, col + coloff);
5032 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */
5033 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
5034 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */
5035 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */
5038 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop
5039 * highlighting at this character.
5041 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0)
5043 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1];
5044 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff);
5045 screen_stop_highlight();
5047 else
5048 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */
5050 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5051 if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5053 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or
5054 * the other way around requires another character to be
5055 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing
5056 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */
5057 if (char_cells == 1
5058 && col + 1 < endcol
5059 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
5061 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell
5062 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */
5063 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0;
5064 redraw_next = TRUE;
5066 else if (char_cells == 2
5067 && col + 2 < endcol
5068 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1
5069 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1)
5071 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over
5072 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second
5073 * cell. */
5074 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0;
5075 redraw_next = TRUE;
5078 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
5079 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from];
5081 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width
5082 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out
5083 * the right halve of the old character.
5084 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width
5085 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */
5086 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol
5087 && ((char_cells == 1
5088 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
5089 || (char_cells == 2
5090 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1
5091 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1)))
5092 clear_next = TRUE;
5093 #endif
5095 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from];
5096 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5097 if (enc_utf8)
5099 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from];
5100 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0)
5102 int i;
5104 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
5105 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from];
5108 if (char_cells == 2)
5109 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1];
5110 #endif
5112 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
5113 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next
5114 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next
5115 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI
5116 * and for some xterms. */
5117 if (
5118 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
5119 gui.in_use
5120 # endif
5121 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
5123 # endif
5124 # ifdef UNIX
5125 term_is_xterm
5126 # endif
5129 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
5130 if (hl > HL_ALL)
5131 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl);
5132 if (hl & HL_BOLD)
5133 redraw_next = TRUE;
5135 #endif
5136 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
5137 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5138 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a
5139 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */
5140 if (char_cells == 2)
5141 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
5143 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2)
5144 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5145 else
5146 #endif
5147 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5149 else if ( p_wiv
5150 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5151 && !gui.in_use
5152 #endif
5153 && col + coloff > 0)
5155 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1])
5158 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will
5159 * stop the highlighting when it should continue.
5161 screen_attr = 0;
5163 else if (screen_attr != 0)
5164 screen_stop_highlight();
5167 off_to += CHAR_CELLS;
5168 off_from += CHAR_CELLS;
5169 col += CHAR_CELLS;
5172 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5173 if (clear_next)
5175 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left
5176 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */
5177 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' ';
5178 if (enc_utf8)
5179 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
5180 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5182 #endif
5184 if (clear_width > 0
5185 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5186 && !rlflag
5187 #endif
5190 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5191 int startCol = col;
5192 #endif
5194 /* blank out the rest of the line */
5195 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
5196 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
5197 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5198 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
5199 #endif
5202 ++off_to;
5203 ++col;
5205 if (col < clear_width)
5207 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5209 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels
5210 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold
5211 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous
5212 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we
5213 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway.
5215 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this))
5217 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
5218 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD))
5220 int prev_cells = 1;
5221 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5222 if (enc_utf8)
5223 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means
5224 * that its width is 2. */
5225 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1;
5226 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5228 /* find previous character by counting from first
5229 * column and get its width. */
5230 unsigned off = LineOffset[row];
5231 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
5233 while (off < off_to)
5235 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off);
5236 off += prev_cells;
5240 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1)
5241 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row,
5242 col + coloff - prev_cells);
5243 else
5244 # endif
5245 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row,
5246 col + coloff - prev_cells);
5249 #endif
5250 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff,
5251 ' ', ' ', 0);
5252 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5253 off_to += clear_width - col;
5254 col = clear_width;
5255 #endif
5259 if (clear_width > 0)
5261 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5262 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */
5263 if (col + coloff < Columns)
5265 int c;
5267 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
5268 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c
5269 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5270 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
5271 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
5272 # endif
5273 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl)
5275 ScreenLines[off_to] = c;
5276 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl;
5277 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5278 if (enc_utf8)
5280 if (c >= 0x80)
5282 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c;
5283 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0;
5285 else
5286 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
5288 # endif
5289 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5292 else
5293 #endif
5294 LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
5298 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
5300 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying.
5301 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers).
5303 void
5304 rl_mirror(str)
5305 char_u *str;
5307 char_u *p1, *p2;
5308 int t;
5310 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2)
5312 t = *p1;
5313 *p1 = *p2;
5314 *p2 = t;
5317 #endif
5319 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5321 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd
5323 void
5324 status_redraw_all()
5326 win_T *wp;
5328 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5329 if (wp->w_status_height)
5331 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5332 redraw_later(VALID);
5337 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw
5339 void
5340 status_redraw_curbuf()
5342 win_T *wp;
5344 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5345 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
5347 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5348 redraw_later(VALID);
5353 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn.
5355 void
5356 redraw_statuslines()
5358 win_T *wp;
5360 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5361 if (wp->w_redr_status)
5362 win_redr_status(wp);
5363 if (redraw_tabline)
5364 draw_tabline();
5366 #endif
5368 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO)
5370 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp".
5372 void
5373 win_redraw_last_status(frp)
5374 frame_T *frp;
5376 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
5377 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5378 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
5380 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next)
5381 win_redraw_last_status(frp);
5383 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */
5385 frp = frp->fr_child;
5386 while (frp->fr_next != NULL)
5387 frp = frp->fr_next;
5388 win_redraw_last_status(frp);
5391 #endif
5393 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5395 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row".
5397 static void
5398 draw_vsep_win(wp, row)
5399 win_T *wp;
5400 int row;
5402 int hl;
5403 int c;
5405 if (wp->w_vsep_width)
5407 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
5408 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
5409 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
5410 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1,
5411 c, ' ', hl);
5414 #endif
5416 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
5417 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
5418 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
5421 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line.
5423 static int
5424 status_match_len(xp, s)
5425 expand_T *xp;
5426 char_u *s;
5428 int len = 0;
5430 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5431 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5432 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5434 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */
5435 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5436 return 1;
5437 #endif
5439 while (*s != NUL)
5441 if (skip_status_match_char(xp, s))
5442 ++s;
5443 len += ptr2cells(s);
5444 mb_ptr_adv(s);
5447 return len;
5451 * Return TRUE for characters that are not displayed in a status match.
5452 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags.
5454 static int
5455 skip_status_match_char(xp, s)
5456 expand_T *xp;
5457 char_u *s;
5459 return ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP)
5460 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5461 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5462 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES)
5463 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL)))
5464 #endif
5469 * Show wildchar matches in the status line.
5470 * Show at least the "match" item.
5471 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit.
5473 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5475 void
5476 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail)
5477 expand_T *xp;
5478 int num_matches;
5479 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */
5480 int match;
5481 int showtail;
5483 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m])
5484 int row;
5485 char_u *buf;
5486 int len;
5487 int clen; /* length in screen cells */
5488 int fillchar;
5489 int attr;
5490 int i;
5491 int highlight = TRUE;
5492 char_u *selstart = NULL;
5493 int selstart_col = 0;
5494 char_u *selend = NULL;
5495 static int first_match = 0;
5496 int add_left = FALSE;
5497 char_u *s;
5498 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5499 int emenu;
5500 #endif
5501 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU)
5502 int l;
5503 #endif
5505 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */
5506 return;
5508 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5509 if (has_mbyte)
5510 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1);
5511 else
5512 #endif
5513 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1);
5514 if (buf == NULL)
5515 return;
5517 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */
5519 match = 0;
5520 highlight = FALSE;
5522 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */
5523 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3;
5524 if (match == 0)
5525 first_match = 0;
5526 else if (match < first_match)
5528 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */
5529 first_match = match;
5530 add_left = TRUE;
5532 else
5534 /* check if match fits on the screen */
5535 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i)
5536 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5537 if (first_match > 0)
5538 clen += 2;
5539 /* jumping right, put match at the left */
5540 if ((long)clen > Columns)
5542 first_match = match;
5543 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */
5544 clen = 2;
5545 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i)
5547 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5548 if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5549 break;
5551 if (i == num_matches)
5552 add_left = TRUE;
5555 if (add_left)
5556 while (first_match > 0)
5558 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2;
5559 if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5560 break;
5561 --first_match;
5564 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE);
5566 if (first_match == 0)
5568 *buf = NUL;
5569 len = 0;
5571 else
5573 STRCPY(buf, "< ");
5574 len = 2;
5576 clen = len;
5578 i = first_match;
5579 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns)
5581 if (i == match)
5583 selstart = buf + len;
5584 selstart_col = clen;
5587 s = L_MATCH(i);
5588 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */
5589 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5590 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5591 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5592 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5594 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|'));
5595 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5596 len += l;
5597 clen += l;
5599 else
5600 #endif
5601 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s)
5603 if (skip_status_match_char(xp, s))
5604 ++s;
5605 clen += ptr2cells(s);
5606 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5607 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1)
5609 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l);
5610 s += l - 1;
5611 len += l;
5613 else
5614 #endif
5616 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s));
5617 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5620 if (i == match)
5621 selend = buf + len;
5623 *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5624 *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5625 clen += 2;
5626 if (++i == num_matches)
5627 break;
5630 if (i != num_matches)
5632 *(buf + len++) = '>';
5633 ++clen;
5636 buf[len] = NUL;
5638 row = cmdline_row - 1;
5639 if (row >= 0)
5641 if (wild_menu_showing == 0)
5643 if (msg_scrolled > 0)
5645 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is
5646 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */
5647 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1)
5649 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL);
5650 ++msg_scrolled;
5652 else
5654 ++cmdline_row;
5655 ++row;
5657 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED;
5659 else
5661 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2.
5662 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is
5663 * resized. */
5664 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
5666 save_p_ls = p_ls;
5667 save_p_wmh = p_wmh;
5668 p_ls = 2;
5669 p_wmh = 0;
5670 last_status(FALSE);
5672 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN;
5676 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr);
5677 if (selstart != NULL && highlight)
5679 *selend = NUL;
5680 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM));
5683 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5686 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5687 win_redraw_last_status(topframe);
5688 #else
5689 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5690 #endif
5691 vim_free(buf);
5693 #endif
5695 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5697 * Redraw the status line of window wp.
5699 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5701 void
5702 win_redr_status(wp)
5703 win_T *wp;
5705 int row;
5706 char_u *p;
5707 int len;
5708 int fillchar;
5709 int attr;
5710 int this_ru_col;
5712 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE;
5713 if (wp->w_status_height == 0)
5715 /* no status line, can only be last window */
5716 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
5718 else if (!redrawing()
5719 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
5720 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be
5721 * drawn over it */
5722 || pum_visible()
5723 #endif
5726 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
5727 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5729 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5730 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
5732 /* redraw custom status line */
5733 redraw_custum_statusline(wp);
5735 #endif
5736 else
5738 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5740 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer);
5741 p = NameBuff;
5742 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
5744 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help
5745 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5746 || wp->w_p_pvw
5747 #endif
5748 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)
5749 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5750 *(p + len++) = ' ';
5751 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help)
5753 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]"));
5754 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5756 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5757 if (wp->w_p_pvw)
5759 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]"));
5760 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5762 #endif
5763 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
5765 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]");
5766 len += 3;
5768 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5770 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]");
5771 len += 4;
5774 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5775 this_ru_col = ru_col;
5776 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2)
5777 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
5778 #else
5779 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
5780 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
5781 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
5782 if (this_ru_col <= 1)
5784 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */
5785 len = 1;
5787 else
5788 #endif
5789 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5790 if (has_mbyte)
5792 int clen = 0, i;
5794 /* Count total number of display cells. */
5795 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5796 clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5797 /* Find first character that will fit.
5798 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */
5799 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1;
5800 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5801 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5802 len = clen;
5803 if (i > 0)
5805 p = p + i - 1;
5806 *p = '<';
5807 ++len;
5811 else
5812 #endif
5813 if (len > this_ru_col - 1)
5815 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1);
5816 *p = '<';
5817 len = this_ru_col - 1;
5820 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
5821 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr);
5822 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp),
5823 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5825 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL)
5826 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1))
5827 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff)
5828 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr);
5830 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
5831 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE);
5832 #endif
5835 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5837 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator.
5839 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing())
5841 if (stl_connected(wp))
5842 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5843 else
5844 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr);
5845 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp),
5846 attr);
5848 #endif
5851 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5853 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any
5854 * errors encountered.
5856 static void
5857 redraw_custum_statusline(wp)
5858 win_T *wp;
5860 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
5862 called_emsg = FALSE;
5863 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE);
5864 if (called_emsg)
5865 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1,
5866 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL
5867 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR);
5868 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
5870 #endif
5872 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5874 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status
5875 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator.
5876 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0).
5879 stl_connected(wp)
5880 win_T *wp;
5882 frame_T *fr;
5884 fr = wp->w_frame;
5885 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL)
5887 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL)
5889 if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5890 break;
5892 else
5894 if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5895 return TRUE;
5897 fr = fr->fr_parent;
5899 return FALSE;
5901 # endif
5903 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */
5905 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
5907 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'.
5910 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len)
5911 win_T *wp;
5912 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */
5913 int len; /* length of buffer */
5915 char_u *p;
5917 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP)
5918 return FALSE;
5921 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5922 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf;
5923 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
5924 char_u *s;
5926 curbuf = wp->w_buffer;
5927 curwin = wp;
5928 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */
5929 ++emsg_skip;
5930 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE);
5931 --emsg_skip;
5932 curbuf = old_curbuf;
5933 curwin = old_curwin;
5934 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
5935 #endif
5937 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
5938 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED)
5939 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap;
5940 else
5941 #endif
5942 p = (char_u *)"lang";
5944 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len)
5945 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p);
5946 else
5947 buf[0] = NUL;
5948 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5949 vim_free(s);
5950 #endif
5952 return buf[0] != NUL;
5954 #endif
5956 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
5958 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp".
5959 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'.
5961 static void
5962 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler)
5963 win_T *wp;
5964 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */
5966 int attr;
5967 int curattr;
5968 int row;
5969 int col = 0;
5970 int maxwidth;
5971 int width;
5972 int n;
5973 int len;
5974 int fillchar;
5975 char_u buf[MAXPATHL];
5976 char_u *p;
5977 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM];
5978 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM];
5979 int use_sandbox = FALSE;
5981 /* setup environment for the task at hand */
5982 if (wp == NULL)
5984 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */
5985 p = p_tal;
5986 row = 0;
5987 fillchar = ' ';
5988 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF);
5989 maxwidth = Columns;
5990 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5991 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0);
5992 # endif
5994 else
5996 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
5997 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5998 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp);
6000 if (draw_ruler)
6002 p = p_ruf;
6003 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */
6004 if (*p == '%')
6006 if (*++p == '-')
6007 p++;
6008 if (atoi((char *) p))
6009 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
6010 p++;
6011 if (*p++ != '(')
6012 p = p_ruf;
6014 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6015 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
6016 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
6017 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
6018 #else
6019 col = ru_col;
6020 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2)
6021 col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
6022 #endif
6023 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
6024 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6025 if (!wp->w_status_height)
6026 #endif
6028 row = Rows - 1;
6029 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */
6030 fillchar = ' ';
6031 attr = 0;
6034 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6035 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0);
6036 # endif
6038 else
6040 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
6041 p = wp->w_p_stl;
6042 else
6043 p = p_stl;
6044 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6045 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline",
6046 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL);
6047 # endif
6050 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6051 col += W_WINCOL(wp);
6052 #endif
6055 if (maxwidth <= 0)
6056 return;
6058 width = build_stl_str_hl(wp == NULL ? curwin : wp,
6059 buf, sizeof(buf),
6060 p, use_sandbox,
6061 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab);
6062 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
6064 while (width < maxwidth && len < sizeof(buf) - 1)
6066 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6067 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len);
6068 #else
6069 buf[len++] = fillchar;
6070 #endif
6071 ++width;
6073 buf[len] = NUL;
6076 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting.
6078 curattr = attr;
6079 p = buf;
6080 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++)
6082 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p);
6083 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr);
6084 col += vim_strnsize(p, len);
6085 p = hltab[n].start;
6087 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0)
6088 curattr = attr;
6089 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0)
6090 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl);
6091 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6092 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0)
6093 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
6094 #endif
6095 else
6096 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
6098 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr);
6100 if (wp == NULL)
6102 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */
6103 col = 0;
6104 len = 0;
6105 p = buf;
6106 fillchar = 0;
6107 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++)
6109 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p));
6110 while (col < len)
6111 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar;
6112 p = tabtab[n].start;
6113 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl;
6115 while (col < Columns)
6116 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar;
6120 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */
6123 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines.
6125 void
6126 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr)
6127 int c;
6128 int row, col;
6129 int attr;
6131 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6132 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
6134 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL;
6135 #else
6136 char_u buf[2];
6138 buf[0] = c;
6139 buf[1] = NUL;
6140 #endif
6141 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr);
6145 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]".
6146 * Also return its attribute in *attrp;
6148 void
6149 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp)
6150 int row, col;
6151 char_u *bytes;
6152 int *attrp;
6154 unsigned off;
6156 /* safety check */
6157 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns)
6159 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6160 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off];
6161 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
6162 bytes[1] = NUL;
6164 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6165 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
6166 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL;
6167 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
6169 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
6170 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off];
6171 bytes[2] = NUL;
6173 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1)
6175 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1];
6176 bytes[2] = NUL;
6178 #endif
6182 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6183 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*));
6186 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from
6187 * composing characters in "u8cc".
6189 static int
6190 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)
6191 int off;
6192 int *u8cc;
6194 int i;
6196 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
6198 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i])
6199 return TRUE;
6200 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
6201 break;
6203 return FALSE;
6205 #endif
6208 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with
6209 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[].
6210 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary!
6211 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done.
6213 void
6214 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr)
6215 char_u *text;
6216 int row;
6217 int col;
6218 int attr;
6220 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr);
6224 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to
6225 * a NUL.
6227 void
6228 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr)
6229 char_u *text;
6230 int len;
6231 int row;
6232 int col;
6233 int attr;
6235 unsigned off;
6236 char_u *ptr = text;
6237 int c;
6238 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6239 unsigned max_off;
6240 int mbyte_blen = 1;
6241 int mbyte_cells = 1;
6242 int u8c = 0;
6243 int u8cc[MAX_MCO];
6244 int clear_next_cell = FALSE;
6245 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6246 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
6247 int pc, nc, nc1;
6248 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
6249 # endif
6250 #endif
6252 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */
6253 return;
6255 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6256 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6257 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
6258 #endif
6259 while (col < screen_Columns
6260 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len)
6261 && *ptr != NUL)
6263 c = *ptr;
6264 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6265 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */
6266 if (has_mbyte)
6268 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0)
6269 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr));
6270 else
6271 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
6272 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
6273 mbyte_cells = 1;
6274 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
6275 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen;
6276 else /* enc_utf8 */
6278 if (len >= 0)
6279 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc,
6280 (int)((text + len) - ptr));
6281 else
6282 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
6283 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c);
6284 # ifdef UNICODE16
6285 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
6286 if (u8c >= 0x10000)
6288 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
6289 if (attr == 0)
6290 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
6292 # endif
6293 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6294 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
6296 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
6297 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len)
6299 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */
6300 nc = NUL;
6301 nc1 = NUL;
6303 else
6305 nc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc);
6306 nc1 = pcc[0];
6308 pc = prev_c;
6309 prev_c = u8c;
6310 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc);
6312 else
6313 prev_c = u8c;
6314 # endif
6317 #endif
6319 if (ScreenLines[off] != c
6320 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6321 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6322 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0))
6323 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
6324 && c == 0x8e
6325 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1])
6326 || (enc_utf8
6327 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != (u8char_T)u8c
6328 || screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))
6329 #endif
6330 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
6331 || exmode_active
6334 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6335 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next
6336 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next
6337 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI
6338 * and for some xterms.
6339 * Force the redraw by setting the attribute to a different value
6340 * than "attr", the contents of ScreenLines[] may be needed by
6341 * mb_off2cells() further on.
6342 * Don't do this for the last drawn character, because the next
6343 * character may not be redrawn. */
6344 if (
6345 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6346 gui.in_use
6347 # endif
6348 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
6350 # endif
6351 # ifdef UNIX
6352 term_is_xterm
6353 # endif
6356 int n;
6358 n = ScreenAttrs[off];
6359 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6360 if (col + mbyte_cells < screen_Columns
6361 && (n > HL_ALL || (n & HL_BOLD))
6362 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] != NUL
6363 : ptr + mbyte_blen < text + len))
6364 ScreenAttrs[off + mbyte_cells] = attr + 1;
6365 # else
6366 if (col + 1 < screen_Columns
6367 && (n > HL_ALL || (n & HL_BOLD))
6368 && (len < 0 ? ptr[1] != NUL : ptr + 1 < text + len))
6369 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0;
6370 # endif
6372 #endif
6373 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6374 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell
6375 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next
6376 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char
6377 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once
6378 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */
6379 if (clear_next_cell)
6380 clear_next_cell = FALSE;
6381 else if (has_mbyte
6382 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL
6383 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len)
6384 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1)
6385 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6386 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1
6387 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1)))
6388 clear_next_cell = TRUE;
6390 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind,
6391 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */
6392 if (enc_dbcs
6393 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1)
6394 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6395 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1
6396 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1)))
6397 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0;
6398 #endif
6399 ScreenLines[off] = c;
6400 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
6401 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6402 if (enc_utf8)
6404 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0)
6405 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
6406 else
6408 int i;
6410 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c;
6411 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
6413 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i];
6414 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
6415 break;
6418 if (mbyte_cells == 2)
6420 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0;
6421 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
6423 screen_char(off, row, col);
6425 else if (mbyte_cells == 2)
6427 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1];
6428 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
6429 screen_char_2(off, row, col);
6431 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
6433 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1];
6434 screen_char(off, row, col);
6436 else
6437 #endif
6438 screen_char(off, row, col);
6440 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6441 if (has_mbyte)
6443 off += mbyte_cells;
6444 col += mbyte_cells;
6445 ptr += mbyte_blen;
6446 if (clear_next_cell)
6447 ptr = (char_u *)" ";
6449 else
6450 #endif
6452 ++off;
6453 ++col;
6454 ++ptr;
6459 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
6461 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6463 static void
6464 start_search_hl()
6466 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch)
6468 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm);
6469 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
6470 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6471 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */
6472 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm);
6473 # endif
6478 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6480 static void
6481 end_search_hl()
6483 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL)
6485 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog);
6486 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
6491 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it.
6493 static void
6494 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum)
6495 win_T *wp;
6496 linenr_T lnum;
6498 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
6499 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
6500 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl
6501 has been processed or not */
6502 int n;
6505 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top
6506 * of the window or just after a closed fold.
6507 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list.
6509 cur = wp->w_match_head;
6510 shl_flag = FALSE;
6511 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
6513 if (shl_flag == FALSE)
6515 shl = &search_hl;
6516 shl_flag = TRUE;
6518 else
6519 shl = &cur->hl;
6520 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL
6521 && shl->lnum == 0
6522 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog))
6524 if (shl->first_lnum == 0)
6526 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6527 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum;
6528 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum)
6529 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1,
6530 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL))
6531 break;
6532 # else
6533 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline;
6534 # endif
6536 n = 0;
6537 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
6539 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n);
6540 if (shl->lnum != 0)
6542 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum
6543 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
6544 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6545 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6547 else
6549 ++shl->first_lnum;
6550 n = 0;
6554 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
6555 cur = cur->next;
6560 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match.
6561 * Uses shl->buf.
6562 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents.
6563 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless
6564 * shl->lnum is zero.
6565 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid.
6567 static void
6568 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol)
6569 win_T *win;
6570 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
6571 linenr_T lnum;
6572 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */
6574 linenr_T l;
6575 colnr_T matchcol;
6576 long nmatched;
6578 if (shl->lnum != 0)
6580 /* Check for three situations:
6581 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search.
6582 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it.
6583 * 3. Continue after the previous match.
6585 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6586 if (lnum > l)
6587 shl->lnum = 0;
6588 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6589 return;
6593 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol"
6594 * or none is found in this line.
6596 called_emsg = FALSE;
6597 for (;;)
6599 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6600 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */
6601 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm)))
6603 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */
6604 break;
6606 #endif
6607 /* Three situations:
6608 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line.
6609 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character.
6610 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line.
6611 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match.
6613 if (shl->lnum == 0)
6614 matchcol = 0;
6615 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL
6616 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0
6617 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col))
6619 char_u *ml;
6621 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
6622 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol;
6623 if (*ml == NUL)
6625 ++matchcol;
6626 shl->lnum = 0;
6627 break;
6629 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6630 if (has_mbyte)
6631 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml);
6632 else
6633 #endif
6634 ++matchcol;
6636 else
6637 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6639 shl->lnum = lnum;
6640 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol,
6641 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6642 &(shl->tm)
6643 #else
6644 NULL
6645 #endif
6647 if (called_emsg)
6649 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */
6650 if (shl == &search_hl)
6652 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */
6653 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog);
6654 no_hlsearch = TRUE;
6656 shl->rm.regprog = NULL;
6657 shl->lnum = 0;
6658 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" message */
6659 break;
6661 if (nmatched == 0)
6663 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */
6664 break;
6666 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0
6667 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol
6668 || nmatched > 1
6669 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6671 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6672 break; /* useful match found */
6676 #endif
6678 static void
6679 screen_start_highlight(attr)
6680 int attr;
6682 attrentry_T *aep = NULL;
6684 screen_attr = attr;
6685 if (full_screen
6686 #ifdef WIN3264
6687 && termcap_active
6688 #endif
6691 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6692 if (gui.in_use)
6694 char buf[20];
6696 /* The GUI handles this internally. */
6697 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr);
6698 OUT_STR(buf);
6700 else
6701 #endif
6703 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */
6705 if (t_colors > 1)
6706 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
6707 else
6708 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
6709 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */
6710 attr = 0;
6711 else
6712 attr = aep->ae_attr;
6714 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */
6715 out_str(T_MD);
6716 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6717 && cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6718 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL
6719 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */
6720 out_str(T_ME);
6721 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */
6722 out_str(T_SO);
6723 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL)
6724 /* underline or undercurl */
6725 out_str(T_US);
6726 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */
6727 out_str(T_CZH);
6728 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */
6729 out_str(T_MR);
6732 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the
6733 * bold etc. override the color setting.
6735 if (aep != NULL)
6737 if (t_colors > 1)
6739 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color)
6740 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1);
6741 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
6742 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1);
6744 else
6746 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
6747 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start);
6754 void
6755 screen_stop_highlight()
6757 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */
6759 if (screen_attr != 0
6760 #ifdef WIN3264
6761 && termcap_active
6762 #endif
6765 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6766 if (gui.in_use)
6768 char buf[20];
6770 /* use internal GUI code */
6771 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr);
6772 OUT_STR(buf);
6774 else
6775 #endif
6777 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */
6779 attrentry_T *aep;
6781 if (t_colors > 1)
6784 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors!
6786 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6787 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6788 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color))
6789 do_ME = TRUE;
6791 else
6793 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6794 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL)
6796 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0)
6797 do_ME = TRUE;
6798 else
6799 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
6802 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */
6803 screen_attr = 0;
6804 else
6805 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr;
6809 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the
6810 * same sequence several times.
6812 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT)
6814 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0)
6815 do_ME = TRUE;
6816 else
6817 out_str(T_SE);
6819 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL))
6821 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0)
6822 do_ME = TRUE;
6823 else
6824 out_str(T_UE);
6826 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC)
6828 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0)
6829 do_ME = TRUE;
6830 else
6831 out_str(T_CZR);
6833 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE)))
6834 out_str(T_ME);
6836 if (t_colors > 1)
6838 /* set Normal cterm colors */
6839 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0)
6840 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1);
6841 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0)
6842 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1);
6843 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6844 out_str(T_MD);
6848 screen_attr = 0;
6852 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim.
6853 * The machine specific code may override this again.
6855 void
6856 reset_cterm_colors()
6858 if (t_colors > 1)
6860 /* set Normal cterm colors */
6861 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
6863 out_str(T_OP);
6864 screen_attr = -1;
6866 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6868 out_str(T_ME);
6869 screen_attr = -1;
6875 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col",
6876 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"].
6878 static void
6879 screen_char(off, row, col)
6880 unsigned off;
6881 int row;
6882 int col;
6884 int attr;
6886 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after
6887 * resizing). */
6888 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns)
6889 return;
6891 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
6892 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
6893 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1
6894 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6895 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */
6896 && !cmdmsg_rl
6897 #endif
6900 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
6901 return;
6905 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor.
6907 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
6908 if (screen_char_attr != 0)
6909 attr = screen_char_attr;
6910 else
6911 #endif
6912 attr = ScreenAttrs[off];
6913 if (screen_attr != attr)
6914 screen_stop_highlight();
6916 windgoto(row, col);
6918 if (screen_attr != attr)
6919 screen_start_highlight(attr);
6921 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6922 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
6924 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
6926 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */
6928 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL;
6930 out_str(buf);
6931 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1)
6932 ++screen_cur_col;
6934 else
6935 #endif
6937 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6938 out_flush_check();
6939 #endif
6940 out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
6941 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6942 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */
6943 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
6944 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
6945 #endif
6948 screen_cur_col++;
6951 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6954 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"]
6955 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'.
6956 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to
6957 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between.
6959 static void
6960 screen_char_2(off, row, col)
6961 unsigned off;
6962 int row;
6963 int col;
6965 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */
6966 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns))
6967 return;
6969 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
6970 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
6971 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2)
6973 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
6974 return;
6977 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the
6978 * second byte directly. */
6979 screen_char(off, row, col);
6980 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]);
6981 ++screen_cur_col;
6983 #endif
6985 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO)
6987 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE.
6988 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it.
6990 void
6991 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert)
6992 int row;
6993 int col;
6994 int height;
6995 int width;
6996 int invert;
6998 int r, c;
6999 int off;
7000 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7001 int max_off;
7002 #endif
7004 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7005 if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7006 return;
7008 if (invert)
7009 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE;
7010 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r)
7012 off = LineOffset[r];
7013 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7014 max_off = off + screen_Columns;
7015 #endif
7016 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c)
7018 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7019 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1)
7021 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c);
7022 ++c;
7024 else
7025 #endif
7027 screen_char(off + c, r, c);
7028 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7029 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1)
7030 ++c;
7031 #endif
7035 screen_char_attr = 0;
7037 #endif
7039 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7041 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window.
7043 static void
7044 redraw_block(row, end, wp)
7045 int row;
7046 int end;
7047 win_T *wp;
7049 int col;
7050 int width;
7052 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7053 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1);
7054 # endif
7056 if (wp == NULL)
7058 col = 0;
7059 width = Columns;
7061 else
7063 col = wp->w_wincol;
7064 width = wp->w_width;
7066 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE);
7068 #endif
7071 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col'
7072 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns.
7073 * Use attributes 'attr'.
7075 void
7076 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr)
7077 int start_row, end_row;
7078 int start_col, end_col;
7079 int c1, c2;
7080 int attr;
7082 int row;
7083 int col;
7084 int off;
7085 int end_off;
7086 int did_delete;
7087 int c;
7088 int norm_term;
7089 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7090 int force_next = FALSE;
7091 #endif
7093 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */
7094 end_row = screen_Rows;
7095 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */
7096 end_col = screen_Columns;
7097 if (ScreenLines == NULL
7098 || start_row >= end_row
7099 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */
7100 return;
7102 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */
7103 norm_term = (
7104 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7105 !gui.in_use &&
7106 #endif
7107 t_colors <= 1);
7108 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row)
7111 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a
7112 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a
7113 * space.
7115 did_delete = FALSE;
7116 if (c2 == ' '
7117 && end_col == Columns
7118 && can_clear(T_CE)
7119 && (attr == 0
7120 || (norm_term
7121 && attr <= HL_ALL
7122 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0))))
7125 * check if we really need to clear something
7127 col = start_col;
7128 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */
7129 ++col;
7131 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
7132 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col;
7134 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */
7135 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7136 if (enc_utf8)
7137 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
7138 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0)
7139 ++off;
7140 else
7141 #endif
7142 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
7143 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0)
7144 ++off;
7145 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */
7147 col = off - LineOffset[row];
7148 screen_stop_highlight();
7149 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */
7150 out_str(T_CE);
7151 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7152 col = end_col - col;
7153 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */
7155 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
7156 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7157 if (enc_utf8)
7158 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
7159 #endif
7160 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0;
7161 ++off;
7164 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */
7167 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col;
7168 c = c1;
7169 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col)
7171 if (ScreenLines[off] != c
7172 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7173 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off]
7174 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
7175 #endif
7176 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
7177 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7178 || force_next
7179 #endif
7182 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7183 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in
7184 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the
7185 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our
7186 * own GUI and for some xterms. */
7187 if (
7188 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7189 gui.in_use
7190 # endif
7191 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
7193 # endif
7194 # ifdef UNIX
7195 term_is_xterm
7196 # endif
7199 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' '
7200 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL
7201 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD))
7202 force_next = TRUE;
7203 else
7204 force_next = FALSE;
7206 #endif
7207 ScreenLines[off] = c;
7208 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7209 if (enc_utf8)
7211 if (c >= 0x80)
7213 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c;
7214 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0;
7216 else
7217 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
7219 #endif
7220 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
7221 if (!did_delete || c != ' ')
7222 screen_char(off, row, col);
7224 ++off;
7225 if (col == start_col)
7227 if (did_delete)
7228 break;
7229 c = c2;
7232 if (end_col == Columns)
7233 LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
7234 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */
7236 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7237 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ')
7238 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */
7239 if (start_col == 0)
7240 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */
7246 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the
7247 * screen or the command line.
7249 void
7250 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll)
7251 int check_msg_scroll;
7253 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll))
7254 && !did_wait_return
7255 && emsg_silent == 0)
7257 out_flush();
7258 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE);
7259 emsg_on_display = FALSE;
7260 if (check_msg_scroll)
7261 msg_scroll = FALSE;
7266 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed
7267 * If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized.
7268 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to.
7269 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet.
7272 screen_valid(clear)
7273 int clear;
7275 screenalloc(clear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
7276 return (ScreenLines != NULL);
7280 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns.
7281 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items.
7283 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating
7284 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing
7285 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items
7286 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the
7287 * final size of the shell is needed.
7289 void
7290 screenalloc(clear)
7291 int clear;
7293 int new_row, old_row;
7294 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7295 int old_Rows;
7296 #endif
7297 win_T *wp;
7298 int outofmem = FALSE;
7299 int len;
7300 schar_T *new_ScreenLines;
7301 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7302 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
7303 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO];
7304 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
7305 int i;
7306 #endif
7307 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs;
7308 unsigned *new_LineOffset;
7309 char_u *new_LineWraps;
7310 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7311 short *new_TabPageIdxs;
7312 tabpage_T *tp;
7313 #endif
7314 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */
7315 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */
7318 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and
7319 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full
7320 * screen stuff.
7322 if ((ScreenLines != NULL
7323 && Rows == screen_Rows
7324 && Columns == screen_Columns
7325 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7326 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL)
7327 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL)
7328 && p_mco == Screen_mco
7329 #endif
7331 || Rows == 0
7332 || Columns == 0
7333 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL))
7334 return;
7337 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which
7338 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just
7339 * return here.
7341 if (entered)
7342 return;
7343 entered = TRUE;
7346 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays,
7347 * thus we must not redraw here!
7349 ++RedrawingDisabled;
7351 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */
7353 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */
7356 * We're changing the size of the screen.
7357 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs.
7358 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra
7359 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared).
7360 * - Free the old arrays.
7362 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything!
7363 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the
7364 * size is wrong.
7366 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7367 win_free_lsize(wp);
7369 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7370 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
7371 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7372 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * MAX_MCO);
7373 if (enc_utf8)
7375 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7376 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
7377 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7378 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7379 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
7381 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7382 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7383 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
7384 #endif
7385 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7386 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE);
7387 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)(
7388 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE);
7389 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE);
7390 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7391 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE);
7392 #endif
7394 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7396 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL)
7398 outofmem = TRUE;
7399 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7400 break;
7401 #endif
7405 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7406 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7407 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL)
7408 break;
7409 #endif
7410 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL
7411 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7412 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco))
7413 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL)
7414 #endif
7415 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL
7416 || new_LineOffset == NULL
7417 || new_LineWraps == NULL
7418 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7419 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL
7420 #endif
7421 || outofmem)
7423 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg)
7425 /* guess the size */
7426 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns));
7428 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over
7429 * and over again. */
7430 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE;
7432 vim_free(new_ScreenLines);
7433 new_ScreenLines = NULL;
7434 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7435 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC);
7436 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
7437 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7439 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]);
7440 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL;
7442 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2);
7443 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
7444 #endif
7445 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs);
7446 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL;
7447 vim_free(new_LineOffset);
7448 new_LineOffset = NULL;
7449 vim_free(new_LineWraps);
7450 new_LineWraps = NULL;
7451 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7452 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs);
7453 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL;
7454 #endif
7456 else
7458 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE;
7460 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row)
7462 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns;
7463 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE;
7466 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as
7467 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest
7468 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when
7469 * executing an external command, for the GUI).
7471 if (!clear)
7473 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns,
7474 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
7475 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7476 if (enc_utf8)
7478 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns,
7479 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
7480 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7481 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i]
7482 + new_row * Columns,
7483 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
7485 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7486 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns,
7487 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
7488 #endif
7489 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns,
7490 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T));
7491 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows);
7492 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL)
7494 if (screen_Columns < Columns)
7495 len = screen_Columns;
7496 else
7497 len = Columns;
7498 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7499 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they
7500 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */
7501 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL)
7502 && p_mco == Screen_mco)
7503 #endif
7504 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7505 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row],
7506 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
7507 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7508 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL
7509 && p_mco == Screen_mco)
7511 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7512 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row],
7513 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
7514 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7515 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i]
7516 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7517 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row],
7518 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
7520 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL)
7521 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7522 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row],
7523 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
7524 #endif
7525 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7526 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row],
7527 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T));
7531 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */
7532 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns;
7535 free_screenlines();
7537 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines;
7538 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7539 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC;
7540 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7541 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i];
7542 Screen_mco = p_mco;
7543 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2;
7544 #endif
7545 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs;
7546 LineOffset = new_LineOffset;
7547 LineWraps = new_LineWraps;
7548 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7549 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs;
7550 #endif
7552 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual
7553 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */
7554 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7555 old_Rows = screen_Rows;
7556 #endif
7557 screen_Rows = Rows;
7558 screen_Columns = Columns;
7560 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */
7561 if (clear)
7562 screenclear2();
7564 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7565 else if (gui.in_use
7566 && !gui.starting
7567 && ScreenLines != NULL
7568 && old_Rows != Rows)
7570 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0);
7572 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external
7573 * command.
7575 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */
7576 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */
7577 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */
7578 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */
7579 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */
7580 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */
7582 #endif
7584 entered = FALSE;
7585 --RedrawingDisabled;
7587 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7588 if (starting == 0)
7589 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
7590 #endif
7593 void
7594 free_screenlines()
7596 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7597 int i;
7599 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC);
7600 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
7601 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]);
7602 vim_free(ScreenLines2);
7603 #endif
7604 vim_free(ScreenLines);
7605 vim_free(ScreenAttrs);
7606 vim_free(LineOffset);
7607 vim_free(LineWraps);
7608 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7609 vim_free(TabPageIdxs);
7610 #endif
7613 void
7614 screenclear()
7616 check_for_delay(FALSE);
7617 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
7618 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */
7621 static void
7622 screenclear2()
7624 int i;
7626 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL
7627 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7628 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting)
7629 #endif
7631 return;
7633 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7634 if (!gui.in_use)
7635 #endif
7636 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */
7637 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */
7639 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7640 /* disable selection without redrawing it */
7641 clip_scroll_selection(9999);
7642 #endif
7644 /* blank out ScreenLines */
7645 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
7647 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7648 LineWraps[i] = FALSE;
7651 if (can_clear(T_CL))
7653 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */
7654 clear_cmdline = FALSE;
7655 mode_displayed = FALSE;
7657 else
7659 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */
7660 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
7661 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7662 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
7665 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */
7667 win_rest_invalid(firstwin);
7668 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7669 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7670 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
7671 #endif
7672 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */
7673 must_redraw = NOT_VALID;
7674 compute_cmdrow();
7675 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */
7676 msg_col = 0;
7677 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7678 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */
7679 msg_didany = FALSE;
7680 msg_didout = FALSE;
7684 * Clear one line in ScreenLines.
7686 static void
7687 lineclear(off, width)
7688 unsigned off;
7689 int width;
7691 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T));
7692 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7693 if (enc_utf8)
7694 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0,
7695 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7696 #endif
7697 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7701 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an
7702 * invalid value.
7704 static void
7705 lineinvalid(off, width)
7706 unsigned off;
7707 int width;
7709 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7712 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7714 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp".
7716 static void
7717 linecopy(to, from, wp)
7718 int to;
7719 int from;
7720 win_T *wp;
7722 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol;
7723 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol;
7725 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from,
7726 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7727 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7728 if (enc_utf8)
7730 int i;
7732 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from,
7733 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7734 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7735 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from,
7736 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7738 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7739 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from,
7740 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7741 # endif
7742 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from,
7743 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7745 #endif
7748 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work.
7749 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background.
7752 can_clear(p)
7753 char_u *p;
7755 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1
7756 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7757 || gui.in_use
7758 #endif
7759 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL));
7763 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting
7764 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control
7765 * code.
7767 void
7768 screen_start()
7770 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999;
7774 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen.
7775 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of
7776 * characters sent to the terminal.
7778 void
7779 windgoto(row, col)
7780 int row;
7781 int col;
7783 sattr_T *p;
7784 int i;
7785 int plan;
7786 int cost;
7787 int wouldbe_col;
7788 int noinvcurs;
7789 char_u *bs;
7790 int goto_cost;
7791 int attr;
7793 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */
7794 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */
7796 #define PLAN_LE 1
7797 #define PLAN_CR 2
7798 #define PLAN_NL 3
7799 #define PLAN_WRITE 4
7800 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7801 if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7802 return;
7804 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row)
7806 /* Check for valid position. */
7807 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */
7808 row = 0;
7809 if (row >= screen_Rows)
7810 row = screen_Rows - 1;
7811 if (col >= screen_Columns)
7812 col = screen_Columns - 1;
7814 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */
7815 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL)
7816 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST;
7817 else
7818 noinvcurs = 0;
7819 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs;
7822 * Plan how to do the positioning:
7823 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row.
7824 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left.
7825 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0.
7826 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars.
7828 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor
7829 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't )
7831 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write
7832 * characters to move the cursor to the right.
7834 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns)
7837 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR
7838 * or T_LE.
7840 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */
7841 attr = screen_attr;
7842 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col)
7844 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */
7845 if (*T_LE)
7846 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */
7847 else
7848 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */
7849 if (*bs)
7850 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs);
7851 else
7852 cost = 999;
7853 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */
7855 plan = PLAN_CR;
7856 wouldbe_col = 0;
7857 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */
7859 else
7861 plan = PLAN_LE;
7862 wouldbe_col = col;
7864 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */
7866 cost += noinvcurs;
7867 attr = 0;
7872 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF.
7874 else if (row > screen_cur_row)
7876 plan = PLAN_NL;
7877 wouldbe_col = 0;
7878 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */
7879 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */
7881 cost += noinvcurs;
7882 attr = 0;
7887 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write.
7889 else
7891 plan = PLAN_WRITE;
7892 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col;
7893 cost = 0;
7897 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the
7898 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters.
7900 i = col - wouldbe_col;
7901 if (i > 0)
7902 cost += i;
7903 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0)
7906 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally
7907 * stopping highlighting.
7909 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col;
7910 while (i && *p++ == attr)
7911 --i;
7912 if (i != 0)
7915 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here.
7917 if (*--p == 0)
7919 cost += noinvcurs;
7920 while (i && *p++ == 0)
7921 --i;
7923 if (i != 0)
7924 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */
7926 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7927 if (enc_utf8)
7929 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */
7930 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i)
7931 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0)
7933 cost = 999;
7934 break;
7937 #endif
7941 * We can do it without term_windgoto()!
7943 if (cost < goto_cost)
7945 if (plan == PLAN_LE)
7947 if (noinvcurs)
7948 screen_stop_highlight();
7949 while (screen_cur_col > col)
7951 out_str(bs);
7952 --screen_cur_col;
7955 else if (plan == PLAN_CR)
7957 if (noinvcurs)
7958 screen_stop_highlight();
7959 out_char('\r');
7960 screen_cur_col = 0;
7962 else if (plan == PLAN_NL)
7964 if (noinvcurs)
7965 screen_stop_highlight();
7966 while (screen_cur_row < row)
7968 out_char('\n');
7969 ++screen_cur_row;
7971 screen_cur_col = 0;
7974 i = col - screen_cur_col;
7975 if (i > 0)
7978 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids
7979 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when
7980 * using the bold trick in the GUI.
7982 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL)
7984 while (i-- > 0)
7985 out_char(*T_ND);
7987 else
7989 int off;
7991 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col;
7992 while (i-- > 0)
7994 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr)
7995 screen_stop_highlight();
7996 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7997 out_flush_check();
7998 #endif
7999 out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
8000 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8001 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
8002 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
8003 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
8004 #endif
8005 ++off;
8011 else
8012 cost = 999;
8014 if (cost >= goto_cost)
8016 if (noinvcurs)
8017 screen_stop_highlight();
8018 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) &&
8019 *T_CRI != NUL)
8020 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col);
8021 else
8022 term_windgoto(row, col);
8024 screen_cur_row = row;
8025 screen_cur_col = col;
8030 * Set cursor to its position in the current window.
8032 void
8033 setcursor()
8035 if (redrawing())
8037 validate_cursor();
8038 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow,
8039 W_WINCOL(curwin) + (
8040 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8041 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - (
8042 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8043 has_mbyte ? (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) :
8044 # endif
8045 1)) :
8046 #endif
8047 curwin->w_wcol));
8053 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'
8054 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated.
8055 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
8056 * scrolling.
8057 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success.
8060 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
8061 win_T *wp;
8062 int row;
8063 int line_count;
8064 int invalid;
8065 int mayclear;
8067 int did_delete;
8068 int nextrow;
8069 int lastrow;
8070 int retval;
8072 if (invalid)
8073 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
8075 if (wp->w_height < 5)
8076 return FAIL;
8078 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
8079 line_count = wp->w_height - row;
8081 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE);
8082 if (retval != MAYBE)
8083 return retval;
8086 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the
8087 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window.
8088 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid
8089 * messing up those windows, better just redraw.
8091 did_delete = FALSE;
8092 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8093 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height)
8095 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
8096 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK)
8097 did_delete = TRUE;
8098 else if (wp->w_next)
8099 return FAIL;
8101 #endif
8103 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window
8105 if (!did_delete)
8107 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8108 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8109 #endif
8110 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8111 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp);
8112 lastrow = nextrow + line_count;
8113 if (lastrow > Rows)
8114 lastrow = Rows;
8115 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count,
8116 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
8117 ' ', ' ', 0);
8120 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL)
8121 == FAIL)
8123 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */
8124 if (did_delete)
8126 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8127 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8128 #endif
8129 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp));
8131 return FAIL;
8134 return OK;
8138 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp"
8139 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated.
8140 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
8141 * scrolling
8142 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
8145 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
8146 win_T *wp;
8147 int row;
8148 int line_count;
8149 int invalid;
8150 int mayclear;
8152 int retval;
8154 if (invalid)
8155 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
8157 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
8158 line_count = wp->w_height - row;
8160 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE);
8161 if (retval != MAYBE)
8162 return retval;
8164 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count,
8165 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL)
8166 return FAIL;
8168 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8170 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the
8171 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn.
8173 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
8175 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
8176 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
8178 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8179 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next);
8183 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the
8184 * command line later.
8186 else
8187 #endif
8188 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8189 return OK;
8193 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines().
8194 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done.
8195 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet.
8197 static int
8198 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del)
8199 win_T *wp;
8200 int row;
8201 int line_count;
8202 int mayclear;
8203 int del;
8205 int retval;
8207 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0)
8208 return FAIL;
8210 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */
8211 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5
8212 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8213 && wp->w_width == Columns
8214 #endif
8217 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */
8218 return FAIL;
8222 * Delete all remaining lines
8224 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height)
8226 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
8227 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
8228 ' ', ' ', 0);
8229 return OK;
8233 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared,
8234 * otherwise it will stay there forever.
8236 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
8239 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that.
8240 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from
8241 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using
8242 * win_line().
8243 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing
8244 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a
8245 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version.
8247 if (scroll_region
8248 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8249 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns
8250 #endif
8253 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8254 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
8255 #endif
8256 scroll_region_set(wp, row);
8257 if (del)
8258 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
8259 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp);
8260 else
8261 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
8262 wp->w_height - row, wp);
8263 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8264 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
8265 #endif
8266 scroll_region_reset();
8267 return retval;
8270 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8271 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */
8272 return FAIL;
8273 #endif
8275 return MAYBE;
8279 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw
8281 static void
8282 win_rest_invalid(wp)
8283 win_T *wp;
8285 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8286 while (wp != NULL)
8287 #else
8288 if (wp != NULL)
8289 #endif
8291 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID);
8292 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8293 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8294 wp = wp->w_next;
8295 #endif
8297 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8301 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The
8302 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding
8303 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor
8304 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen.
8305 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually
8306 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate
8307 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works.
8311 * types for inserting or deleting lines
8313 #define USE_T_CAL 1
8314 #define USE_T_CDL 2
8315 #define USE_T_AL 3
8316 #define USE_T_CE 4
8317 #define USE_T_DL 5
8318 #define USE_T_SR 6
8319 #define USE_NL 7
8320 #define USE_T_CD 8
8321 #define USE_REDRAW 9
8324 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
8325 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
8326 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
8327 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
8329 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success.
8332 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp)
8333 int off;
8334 int row;
8335 int line_count;
8336 int end;
8337 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */
8339 int i;
8340 int j;
8341 unsigned temp;
8342 int cursor_row;
8343 int type;
8344 int result_empty;
8345 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE);
8348 * FAIL if
8349 * - there is no valid screen
8350 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
8351 * - the line count is less than one
8352 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
8354 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll)
8355 return FAIL;
8358 * There are seven ways to insert lines:
8359 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
8360 * characters from ScreenLines[].
8361 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of
8362 * the insert is just empty lines
8363 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not
8364 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts
8365 * at once.
8366 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the
8367 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count >
8368 * 1.
8369 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists.
8370 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
8371 * just empty lines.
8372 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
8373 * just empty lines.
8374 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and
8375 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability.
8376 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
8378 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves
8379 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it
8380 * exists.
8382 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end);
8383 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8384 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
8385 type = USE_REDRAW;
8386 else
8387 #endif
8388 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
8389 type = USE_T_CD;
8390 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL))
8391 type = USE_T_CAL;
8392 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce))
8393 type = USE_T_CDL;
8394 else if (*T_AL != NUL)
8395 type = USE_T_AL;
8396 else if (can_ce && result_empty)
8397 type = USE_T_CE;
8398 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty)
8399 type = USE_T_DL;
8400 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce))
8401 type = USE_T_SR;
8402 else
8403 return FAIL;
8406 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take
8407 * care of t_db if necessary.
8409 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL ||
8410 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL)
8411 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
8414 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many
8415 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that
8416 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines.
8418 if (*T_DB)
8419 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
8421 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
8422 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen
8423 * or not the full width of the screen. */
8424 if (off + row > 0
8425 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8426 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8427 # endif
8429 clip_clear_selection();
8430 else
8431 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count);
8432 #endif
8434 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8435 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
8436 * scrolling is actually carried out. */
8437 gui_dont_update_cursor();
8438 #endif
8440 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */
8441 cursor_row = row;
8442 else
8443 cursor_row = row + off;
8446 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines.
8447 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8449 row += off;
8450 end += off;
8451 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8453 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8454 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8456 /* need to copy part of a line */
8457 j = end - 1 - i;
8458 while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
8459 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp);
8460 j += line_count;
8461 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8462 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8463 else
8464 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8465 LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8467 else
8468 #endif
8470 j = end - 1 - i;
8471 temp = LineOffset[j];
8472 while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
8474 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8475 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8477 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp;
8478 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE;
8479 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8480 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8481 else
8482 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8486 screen_stop_highlight();
8487 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8489 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8490 /* redraw the characters */
8491 if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8492 redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8493 else
8494 #endif
8495 if (type == USE_T_CAL)
8497 term_append_lines(line_count);
8498 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8500 else
8502 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++)
8504 if (type == USE_T_AL)
8506 if (i && cursor_row != 0)
8507 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8508 out_str(T_AL);
8510 else /* type == USE_T_SR */
8511 out_str(T_SR);
8512 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8517 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that
8518 * have been scrolled down into the region.
8520 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA)
8522 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8524 windgoto(off + i, 0);
8525 out_str(T_CE);
8526 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8530 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8531 gui_can_update_cursor();
8532 if (gui.in_use)
8533 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */
8534 #endif
8535 return OK;
8539 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
8540 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
8541 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
8542 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
8544 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
8546 /*ARGSUSED*/
8548 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp)
8549 int off;
8550 int row;
8551 int line_count;
8552 int end;
8553 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */
8554 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */
8556 int j;
8557 int i;
8558 unsigned temp;
8559 int cursor_row;
8560 int cursor_end;
8561 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */
8562 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */
8563 int type;
8566 * FAIL if
8567 * - there is no valid screen
8568 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
8569 * - the line count is less than one
8570 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
8572 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 ||
8573 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll))
8574 return FAIL;
8577 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty.
8579 result_empty = row + line_count >= end;
8582 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option
8583 * available.
8585 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE));
8588 * There are six ways to delete lines:
8589 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
8590 * characters from ScreenLines[].
8591 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty.
8592 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist.
8593 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or
8594 * none of the other ways work.
8595 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty.
8596 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists.
8597 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
8599 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8600 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
8601 type = USE_REDRAW;
8602 else
8603 #endif
8604 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
8605 type = USE_T_CD;
8606 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8)
8608 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in
8609 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB !=
8610 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_*
8611 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do
8612 * the trick...
8613 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release.
8614 * (Olaf Seibert)
8616 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option
8617 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL))
8618 #else
8619 else if (row == 0 && (
8620 #ifndef AMIGA
8621 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll
8622 * up, so use delete-line command */
8623 line_count == 1 ||
8624 #endif
8625 *T_CDL == NUL))
8626 #endif
8627 type = USE_NL;
8628 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete)
8629 type = USE_T_CDL;
8630 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty
8631 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8632 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns)
8633 #endif
8635 type = USE_T_CE;
8636 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete)
8637 type = USE_T_DL;
8638 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete)
8639 type = USE_T_CDL;
8640 else
8641 return FAIL;
8643 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
8644 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or
8645 * not the full width of the screen. */
8646 if (off + row > 0
8647 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8648 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8649 # endif
8651 clip_clear_selection();
8652 else
8653 clip_scroll_selection(line_count);
8654 #endif
8656 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8657 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
8658 * scrolling is actually carried out. */
8659 gui_dont_update_cursor();
8660 #endif
8662 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */
8664 cursor_row = row;
8665 cursor_end = end;
8667 else
8669 cursor_row = row + off;
8670 cursor_end = end + off;
8674 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines.
8675 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8677 row += off;
8678 end += off;
8679 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8681 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8682 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8684 /* need to copy part of a line */
8685 j = row + i;
8686 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8687 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp);
8688 j -= line_count;
8689 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8690 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8691 else
8692 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8693 LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8695 else
8696 #endif
8698 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */
8699 j = row + i;
8700 temp = LineOffset[j];
8701 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8703 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8704 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8706 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp;
8707 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE;
8708 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8709 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8710 else
8711 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8715 screen_stop_highlight();
8717 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8718 /* redraw the characters */
8719 if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8720 redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8721 else
8722 #endif
8723 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */
8725 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8726 out_str(T_CD);
8727 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8729 else if (type == USE_T_CDL)
8731 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8732 term_delete_lines(line_count);
8733 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8736 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll
8737 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the
8738 * last line.
8740 else if (type == USE_NL)
8742 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0);
8743 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8744 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */
8746 else
8748 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8750 if (type == USE_T_DL)
8752 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8753 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */
8755 else /* type == USE_T_CE */
8757 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0);
8758 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */
8760 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8765 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been
8766 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region.
8768 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL))
8770 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i)
8772 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0);
8773 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */
8774 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8778 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8779 gui_can_update_cursor();
8780 if (gui.in_use)
8781 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */
8782 #endif
8784 return OK;
8788 * show the current mode and ruler
8790 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline.
8791 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be
8792 * cleared only if a mode is shown.
8793 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message).
8796 showmode()
8798 int need_clear;
8799 int length = 0;
8800 int do_mode;
8801 int attr;
8802 int nwr_save;
8803 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8804 int sub_attr;
8805 #endif
8807 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
8808 && ((State & INSERT)
8809 || restart_edit
8810 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
8811 || VIsual_active
8812 #endif
8814 if (do_mode || Recording)
8817 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping.
8818 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because
8819 * it takes a bit of time.
8821 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0)
8823 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */
8824 return 0;
8827 nwr_save = need_wait_return;
8829 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */
8830 check_for_delay(FALSE);
8832 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */
8833 need_clear = clear_cmdline;
8834 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
8835 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */
8837 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */
8838 msg_pos_mode();
8839 cursor_off();
8840 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */
8841 if (do_mode)
8843 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr);
8844 #if defined(FEAT_XIM)
8845 if (xic != NULL && im_get_status() && !p_imdisable
8846 && curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM)
8847 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */
8848 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr);
8849 # else
8850 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr);
8851 # endif
8852 #endif
8853 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI)
8854 if (gui.in_use)
8856 if (hangul_input_state_get())
8857 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */
8859 #endif
8860 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8861 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */
8863 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow
8864 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */
8865 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3;
8866 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
8867 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra);
8868 if (length > 0)
8870 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
8871 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre);
8872 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0)
8874 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
8875 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr);
8876 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr);
8878 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
8880 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */
8881 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT)
8882 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl);
8883 else
8884 sub_attr = attr;
8885 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr);
8888 length = 0;
8890 else
8891 #endif
8893 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8894 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8895 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr);
8896 else
8897 #endif
8898 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8899 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr);
8900 else if (State & INSERT)
8902 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8903 if (p_ri)
8904 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr);
8905 #endif
8906 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr);
8908 else if (restart_edit == 'I')
8909 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr);
8910 else if (restart_edit == 'R')
8911 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr);
8912 else if (restart_edit == 'V')
8913 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr);
8914 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8915 if (p_hkmap)
8916 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr);
8917 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
8918 if (p_fkmap)
8919 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr);
8920 # endif
8921 #endif
8922 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
8923 if (State & LANGMAP)
8925 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
8926 if (curwin->w_p_arab)
8927 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr);
8928 else
8929 # endif
8930 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr);
8932 #endif
8933 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste)
8934 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr);
8936 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
8937 if (VIsual_active)
8939 char *p;
8941 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation
8942 * problems. */
8943 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0)
8944 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2
8945 + (VIsual_mode == 'V'))
8947 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break;
8948 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break;
8949 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break;
8950 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break;
8951 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break;
8952 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break;
8954 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr);
8956 #endif
8957 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr);
8960 need_clear = TRUE;
8962 if (Recording
8963 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8964 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */
8965 #endif
8968 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr);
8969 need_clear = TRUE;
8972 mode_displayed = TRUE;
8973 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline)
8974 msg_clr_eos();
8975 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */
8976 length = msg_col;
8977 msg_col = 0;
8978 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */
8980 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0)
8981 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */
8982 msg_clr_cmdline();
8984 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
8985 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
8986 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */
8987 if (VIsual_active)
8988 clear_showcmd();
8989 # endif
8991 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode
8992 * message and must be redrawn */
8993 if (redrawing()
8994 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8995 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0
8996 # endif
8998 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE);
8999 #endif
9000 redraw_cmdline = FALSE;
9001 clear_cmdline = FALSE;
9003 return length;
9007 * Position for a mode message.
9009 static void
9010 msg_pos_mode()
9012 msg_col = 0;
9013 msg_row = Rows - 1;
9017 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end
9018 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!).
9019 * Caller should check "mode_displayed".
9021 void
9022 unshowmode(force)
9023 int force;
9026 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or insided a mapping.
9028 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped))
9029 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */
9030 else
9032 msg_pos_mode();
9033 if (Recording)
9034 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM));
9035 msg_clr_eos();
9039 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9041 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window.
9043 static void
9044 draw_tabline()
9046 int tabcount = 0;
9047 tabpage_T *tp;
9048 int tabwidth;
9049 int col = 0;
9050 int scol = 0;
9051 int attr;
9052 win_T *wp;
9053 win_T *cwp;
9054 int wincount;
9055 int modified;
9056 int c;
9057 int len;
9058 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS);
9059 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP);
9060 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF);
9061 char_u *p;
9062 int room;
9063 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8
9064 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
9065 && !gui.in_use
9066 #endif
9069 redraw_tabline = FALSE;
9071 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
9072 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */
9073 if (gui_use_tabline())
9075 gui_update_tabline();
9076 return;
9078 #endif
9080 if (tabline_height() < 1)
9081 return;
9083 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
9085 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */
9086 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol)
9087 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0;
9089 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */
9090 if (*p_tal != NUL)
9092 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
9094 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the
9095 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */
9096 called_emsg = FALSE;
9097 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE);
9098 if (called_emsg)
9099 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1,
9100 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
9101 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
9103 else
9104 #endif
9106 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next)
9107 ++tabcount;
9109 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount;
9110 if (tabwidth < 6)
9111 tabwidth = 6;
9113 attr = attr_nosel;
9114 tabcount = 0;
9115 scol = 0;
9116 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4;
9117 tp = tp->tp_next)
9119 scol = col;
9121 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe)
9122 attr = attr_sel;
9123 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0)
9124 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr);
9126 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe)
9127 attr = attr_nosel;
9129 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9131 if (tp == curtab)
9133 cwp = curwin;
9134 wp = firstwin;
9136 else
9138 cwp = tp->tp_curwin;
9139 wp = tp->tp_firstwin;
9142 modified = FALSE;
9143 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount)
9144 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
9145 modified = TRUE;
9146 if (modified || wincount > 1)
9148 if (wincount > 1)
9150 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount);
9151 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff);
9152 if (col + len >= Columns - 3)
9153 break;
9154 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col,
9155 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
9156 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T))
9157 #else
9158 attr
9159 #endif
9161 col += len;
9163 if (modified)
9164 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr);
9165 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9168 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1;
9169 if (room > 0)
9171 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */
9172 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer);
9173 shorten_dir(NameBuff);
9174 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff);
9175 p = NameBuff;
9176 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9177 if (has_mbyte)
9178 while (len > room)
9180 len -= ptr2cells(p);
9181 mb_ptr_adv(p);
9183 else
9184 #endif
9185 if (len > room)
9187 p += len - room;
9188 len = room;
9190 if (len > Columns - col - 1)
9191 len = Columns - col - 1;
9193 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr);
9194 col += len;
9196 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9198 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that
9199 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */
9200 ++tabcount;
9201 while (scol < col)
9202 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount;
9205 if (use_sep_chars)
9206 c = '_';
9207 else
9208 c = ' ';
9209 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill);
9211 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */
9212 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9214 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel);
9215 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999;
9219 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be
9220 * set. */
9221 redraw_tabline = FALSE;
9225 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[].
9226 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters.
9228 void
9229 get_trans_bufname(buf)
9230 buf_T *buf;
9232 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL)
9233 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf));
9234 else
9235 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE);
9236 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
9238 #endif
9240 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
9242 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr".
9244 static int
9245 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin)
9246 int *attr;
9247 int is_curwin;
9249 int fill;
9250 if (is_curwin)
9252 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S);
9253 fill = fill_stl;
9255 else
9257 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC);
9258 fill = fill_stlnc;
9260 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current
9261 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the
9262 * current window */
9263 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC)
9264 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin)
9265 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc)))
9266 return fill;
9267 if (is_curwin)
9268 return '^';
9269 return '=';
9271 #endif
9273 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9275 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows.
9276 * Get its attributes in "*attr".
9278 static int
9279 fillchar_vsep(attr)
9280 int *attr;
9282 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C);
9283 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ')
9284 return '|';
9285 else
9286 return fill_vert;
9288 #endif
9291 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done.
9294 redrawing()
9296 return (!RedrawingDisabled
9297 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw));
9301 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done.
9304 messaging()
9306 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped));
9310 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places
9311 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed.
9313 void
9314 showruler(always)
9315 int always;
9317 if (!always && !redrawing())
9318 return;
9319 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9320 if (pum_visible())
9322 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9323 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
9324 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
9325 # endif
9326 return;
9328 #endif
9329 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9330 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height)
9332 redraw_custum_statusline(curwin);
9334 else
9335 #endif
9336 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9337 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always);
9338 #endif
9340 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
9341 if (need_maketitle
9342 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9343 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON))
9344 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE))
9345 # endif
9347 maketitle();
9348 #endif
9351 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9352 static void
9353 win_redr_ruler(wp, always)
9354 win_T *wp;
9355 int always;
9357 char_u buffer[70];
9358 int row;
9359 int fillchar;
9360 int attr;
9361 int empty_line = FALSE;
9362 colnr_T virtcol;
9363 int i;
9364 int o;
9365 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9366 int this_ru_col;
9367 int off = 0;
9368 int width = Columns;
9369 # define WITH_OFF(x) x
9370 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x
9371 #else
9372 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0
9373 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns
9374 # define this_ru_col ru_col
9375 #endif
9377 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */
9378 if (!p_ru)
9379 return;
9382 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called
9383 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected.
9385 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9386 return;
9388 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9389 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite
9390 * the (long) mode message. */
9391 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9392 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
9393 # endif
9394 if (edit_submode != NULL)
9395 return;
9396 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */
9397 if (pum_visible())
9398 return;
9399 #endif
9401 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9402 if (*p_ruf)
9404 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
9406 called_emsg = FALSE;
9407 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE);
9408 if (called_emsg)
9409 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1,
9410 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
9411 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
9412 return;
9414 #endif
9417 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1").
9419 if (!(State & INSERT)
9420 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL)
9421 empty_line = TRUE;
9424 * Only draw the ruler when something changed.
9426 validate_virtcol_win(wp);
9427 if ( redraw_cmdline
9428 || always
9429 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum
9430 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col
9431 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol
9432 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9433 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd
9434 #endif
9435 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline
9436 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count
9437 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9438 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill
9439 #endif
9440 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty)
9442 cursor_off();
9443 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9444 if (wp->w_status_height)
9446 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
9447 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
9448 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9449 off = W_WINCOL(wp);
9450 width = W_WIDTH(wp);
9451 # endif
9453 else
9454 #endif
9456 row = Rows - 1;
9457 fillchar = ' ';
9458 attr = 0;
9459 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9460 width = Columns;
9461 off = 0;
9462 #endif
9465 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */
9466 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
9467 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL)
9469 wp->w_p_list = FALSE;
9470 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL);
9471 wp->w_p_list = TRUE;
9475 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer.
9476 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here.
9478 sprintf((char *)buffer, "%ld,",
9479 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY)
9480 ? 0L
9481 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum));
9482 col_print(buffer + STRLEN(buffer),
9483 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1,
9484 (int)virtcol + 1);
9487 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it.
9488 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the
9489 * screen up on some terminals).
9491 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer);
9492 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1);
9493 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1);
9494 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9495 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */
9496 #endif
9497 ++o;
9498 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9499 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width);
9500 if (this_ru_col < 0)
9501 this_ru_col = 0;
9502 #endif
9503 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other
9504 * half for the filename. */
9505 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2)
9506 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2;
9507 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
9509 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
9511 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9512 if (has_mbyte)
9513 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i);
9514 else
9515 #endif
9516 buffer[i++] = fillchar;
9517 ++o;
9519 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i);
9521 /* Truncate at window boundary. */
9522 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9523 if (has_mbyte)
9525 o = 0;
9526 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i))
9528 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i);
9529 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width))
9531 buffer[i] = NUL;
9532 break;
9536 else
9537 #endif
9538 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width))
9539 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL;
9541 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr);
9542 i = redraw_cmdline;
9543 screen_fill(row, row + 1,
9544 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer),
9545 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)),
9546 fillchar, fillchar, attr);
9547 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */
9548 redraw_cmdline = i;
9549 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor;
9550 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
9551 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line;
9552 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline;
9553 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9554 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9555 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
9556 #endif
9559 #endif
9561 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO)
9563 * Return the width of the 'number' column.
9564 * Caller may need to check if 'number' is set.
9565 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count.
9568 number_width(wp)
9569 win_T *wp;
9571 int n;
9572 linenr_T lnum;
9574 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9575 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count)
9576 return wp->w_nrwidth_width;
9577 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum;
9579 n = 0;
9582 lnum /= 10;
9583 ++n;
9584 } while (lnum > 0);
9586 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */
9587 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1)
9588 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1;
9590 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n;
9591 return n;
9593 #endif